80_FR_50880 80 FR 50719 - Amendments to the Rules of Practice for Trials Before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board

80 FR 50719 - Amendments to the Rules of Practice for Trials Before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
United States Patent and Trademark Office

Federal Register Volume 80, Issue 161 (August 20, 2015)

Page Range50719-50747
FR Document2015-20227

This proposed rule would amend the existing consolidated set of rules relating to the United States Patent and Trademark Office (Office or USPTO) trial practice for inter partes review (``IPR''), post-grant review (``PGR''), the transitional program for covered business method patents (``CBM''), and derivation proceedings that implemented provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (``AIA'') providing for trials before the Office.

Federal Register, Volume 80 Issue 161 (Thursday, August 20, 2015)
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 161 (Thursday, August 20, 2015)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 50719-50747]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2015-20227]



[[Page 50719]]

Vol. 80

Thursday,

No. 161

August 20, 2015

Part II





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





United States Patent and Trademark Office





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





37 CFR Part 42





 Amendments to the Rules of Practice for Trials Before the Patent Trial 
and Appeal Board; Proposed Rules

Federal Register / Vol. 80 , No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 50720]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

United States Patent and Trademark Office

37 CFR Part 42

[Docket No. PT0-P-2015-0053]
RIN 0651-AD01


Amendments to the Rules of Practice for Trials Before the Patent 
Trial and Appeal Board

AGENCY: Patent Trial and Appeal Board, United States Patent and 
Trademark Office, U.S. Department of Commerce.

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This proposed rule would amend the existing consolidated set 
of rules relating to the United States Patent and Trademark Office 
(Office or USPTO) trial practice for inter partes review (``IPR''), 
post-grant review (``PGR''), the transitional program for covered 
business method patents (``CBM''), and derivation proceedings that 
implemented provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (``AIA'') 
providing for trials before the Office.

DATES: Comment date: The Office solicits comments from the public on 
this proposed rulemaking. Written comments must be received on or 
before October 19, 2015 to ensure consideration.
    Roadshow Dates: The Office, in concert with the American 
Intellectual Property Association (``AIPLA''), will have a Road Show 
Series in August 2015 where the proposed rules will be discussed. This 
AIPLA/USPTO Road Show Series, entitled ``Enhancing Patent Quality and 
Conducting AIA Trials,'' will be held on August 24, 2015 in Santa 
Clara, California, August 26, 2015 in Dallas, Texas, and August 28, 
2015 in Alexandria, Virginia.

ADDRESSES: Comments should be sent by electronic mail message over the 
Internet addressed to: trialrules2015@uspto.gov. Comments may also be 
submitted by postal mail addressed to: Mail Stop Patent Board, Director 
of the United States Patent and Trademark Office, P.O. Box 1450, 
Alexandria, VA 22313-1450, marked to the attention of ``Lead Judge 
Susan Mitchell, Patent Trial Proposed Rules.''
    Comments may also be sent by electronic mail message over the 
Internet via the Federal eRulemaking Portal. See the Federal 
eRulemaking Portal Web site (http://www.regulations.gov) for additional 
instructions on providing comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal.
    Although comments may be submitted by postal mail, the Office 
prefers to receive comments by electronic mail message to be able to 
more easily share all comments with the public. The Office prefers the 
comments to be submitted in plain text, but also accepts comments 
submitted in ADOBE[supreg] portable document format or MICROSOFT 
WORD[supreg] FORMAT. Comments not submitted electronically should be 
submitted on paper in a format that accommodates digital scanning into 
ADOBE[supreg] portable document format.
    The comments will be available for public inspection at the Patent 
Trial and Appeal Board, currently located in Madison East, Ninth Floor, 
600 Dulany Street, Alexandria, Virginia. Comments also will be 
available for viewing via the Office's Internet Web site http://www.uspto.gov/patents/law/comments/index.jsp. Because comments will be 
made available for public inspection, information that the submitter 
does not desire to be made public, such as address or phone number, 
should not be included in the comments.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Susan L. C. Mitchell, Lead 
Administrative Patent Judge by telephone at (571) 272-9797.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
    Executive Summary: Purpose: This proposed rule would amend the 
existing consolidated set of rules relating to the United States Patent 
and Trademark Office (Office or USPTO) trial practice for inter partes 
review, post-grant review, the transitional program for covered 
business method patents, and derivation proceedings that implemented 
provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (``AIA'') providing 
for trials before the Office.

Summary of Major Provisions

    In an effort to gauge the effectiveness of the rules governing AIA 
trials, the Office conducted a nationwide listening tour in April and 
May of 2014, and in June 2014, published a Federal Register Notice 
asking for public feedback about the AIA trial proceedings. The Office 
has carefully reviewed the comments and, in response to public input, 
already has issued a first, final rule, which was published on May 19, 
2015. That final rule addressed issues concerning the patent owner's 
motion to amend and the petitioner's reply brief that involved 
ministerial changes. For instance, the final rules provided ten 
additional pages for a patent owner's motion to amend, allowed a claims 
appendix for a motion to amend, and provided ten additional pages for a 
petitioner's reply brief, in addition to other ministerial changes to 
conform the rules to the Office's established practices in handling AIA 
proceedings.
    This second, proposed rule (the subject of this Federal Register 
document) addresses more involved proposed changes to the rules and 
proposed revisions to the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide. The 
Office presents the following proposed rules to address issues and 
public comments that were raised concerning the claim construction 
standard for AIA trials, new testimonial evidence submitted with a 
patent owner's preliminary response, Rule 11-type certification, and 
word count for major briefing. The Office will also later amend its 
Office Patent Trial Practice Guide to reflect developments in practice 
before the Office concerning how the Office handles additional 
discovery, live testimony, and confidential information. In response to 
the USPTO's roundtable on attorney-client privilege issues held in 
February 2015, the Office also requests input on recognizing privilege 
for communications between a patent applicant or owner and its U.S. 
patent agent or foreign patent practitioner in a possible future 
rulemaking.
    The Office anticipates that it will continue to refine the rules 
governing AIA trials to continue to ensure fairness and efficiency 
while meeting the congressional mandate. Therefore, the Office 
continues to encourage comments concerning how the rules may be refined 
to achieve this goal.
    Costs and Benefits: This rulemaking is not economically 
significant, and is not significant, under Executive Order 12866 (Sept. 
30, 1993), as amended by Executive Order 13258 (Feb. 26, 2002) and 
Executive Order 13422 (Jan. 18, 2007).

Background

Development of These Proposed Rules

    On September 16, 2011, the AIA was enacted into law (Pub. L. 112-
29, 125 Stat. 284 (2011)), and shortly thereafter in 2012, the Office 
implemented rules to govern Office trial practice for AIA trials, 
including inter partes review, post-grant review, the transitional 
program for covered business method patents, and derivation proceedings 
pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 135, 316 and 326 and AIA 18(d)(2). See Rules of 
Practice for Trials Before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board and 
Judicial Review of Patent Trial and Appeal Board Decisions, 77 FR 48612 
(Aug. 14, 2012); Changes to Implement Inter Partes Review Proceedings, 
Post-Grant Review Proceedings, and Transitional Program

[[Page 50721]]

for Covered Business Method Patents, 77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012); 
Transitional Program for Covered Business Method Patents--Definitions 
of Covered Business Method Patent and Technological Invention, 77 FR 
48734 (Aug. 14, 2012). Additionally, the Office published a Patent 
Trial Practice Guide for the rules to advise the public on the general 
framework of the regulations, including the structure and times for 
taking action in each of the new proceedings. See Office Patent Trial 
Practice Guide, 77 FR 48756 (Aug. 14, 2012).
    In an effort to gauge the effectiveness of these rules governing 
AIA trials, the Office conducted a nationwide listening tour in April 
and May of 2014. During the listening tour, the Office solicited 
feedback on how to make the trial proceedings more transparent and 
effective by adjusting the rules and guidance where necessary. To 
elicit even more input, in June of 2014, the Office published a Request 
for Comments in the Federal Register and, at stakeholder request, 
extended the period for receiving comments to October 16, 2014. See 
Request for Comments on Trial Proceedings Under the America Invents Act 
Before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board, 79 FR 36474 (June 27, 2014).
    The Request for Comments asked seventeen questions on ten broad 
topics, including a general catchall question, to gather stakeholder 
feedback on any changes to the AIA trial proceedings that might be 
beneficial. See Request for Comments, 79 FR at 36476-77. The Office 
received thirty-seven comments from bar associations, corporations, law 
firms, and individuals encompassing a wide range of issues. The Office 
expresses its gratitude for the thoughtful and comprehensive comments 
provided by the public, which are available on the USPTO Web site: 
http://www.uspto.gov/page/comments-trial-proceedings-under-america-invents-act-patent-trial-and-appeal-board.
    Several commenters expressed satisfaction with the current rules 
governing AIA trial proceedings, and several commenters offered 
suggestions on how to strengthen the AIA trial proceeding rules. For 
example, some suggestions concerned the claim construction standard 
used by the PTAB, motions to amend, discovery procedures, and handling 
of multiple proceedings. The Office addressed all public comments that 
involved changes to the page limitations for a patent owner's motion to 
amend or a petitioner's reply brief in the first, final rulemaking. The 
Office will address the remaining comments in this second, proposed 
rulemaking.

Differences Between the Proposed Rules and the Current Rules

    The Office will address the differences between the proposed rules 
and the current rules in relation to the seventeen questions that the 
Office asked in the June 27, 2014 Notice concerning the following ten 
topics: (1) Claim construction standard; (2) a patent owner's motions 
to amend; (3) a patent owner's preliminary response; (4) additional 
discovery; (5) obviousness; (6) real party in interest; (7) multiple 
proceedings; (8) extension of one year period to issue a final 
determination; (9) oral hearing; and (10) general topics. See 79 FR at 
36476. The comments provided support for, opposition to, and diverse 
recommendations on the current rules. The Office appreciates the 
thoughtful comments, and has considered and analyzed the comments 
thoroughly. In this discussion, the Office will respond to the comments 
submitted in response to the seventeen questions (besides those which 
involved suggestions for page limitation changes for a patent owner's 
motion to amend or petitioner's reply brief) and set forth proposed 
changes to the rules and the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide. In 
addition, in order to further attempt to prevent any misuse of the AIA 
proceedings, the Office proposes to amend 37 CFR 42.11 (which 
prescribes the duty of candor owed to the Office in these proceedings) 
to include a Federal Rule of Civil Procedure Rule 11-type certification 
for all papers filed with the Board in these proceedings, including a 
provision for sanctions for misconduct in connection with such papers. 
If appropriate, such misconduct in the course of AIA proceedings might 
also be reported to the Office of Enrollment and Discipline.

Claim Construction Standard

    The Office asked, ``Under what circumstances, if any, should the 
Board decline to construe a claim in an unexpired patent in accordance 
with its broadest reasonable construction in light of the specification 
of the patent in which it appears?'' 79 FR at 36476. The Office 
received comments advocating various positions, including that it 
should continue to apply the broadest reasonable interpretation 
standard in construing terms of an unexpired patent, that it should use 
a Phillips-type construction standard for all patents at issue in AIA 
proceedings, and that it use the claim construction standard set forth 
in Phillips v. AWH Corp., 415 F.3d 130 (Fed. Cir. 2005 (en banc), under 
certain circumstances. The Office will address each of these 
suggestions in turn.
    Comment 1: Multiple commenters recommended that the Office continue 
to apply the broadest reasonable interpretation standard in construing 
terms of an unexpired patent at issue in an inter partes review 
proceeding, post-grant review proceeding, or covered business method 
review proceeding. These commenters stressed that ``the broadest 
reasonable construction standard used during traditional ex parte 
prosecution, reissue, and reexamination practice is a reasonable 
standard to use in PTAB proceedings.'' These same commenters noted that 
the ``PTO has a long-standing practice of giving patent claims their 
broadest reasonable interpretation during examination and during other 
post-issuance proceedings such as reexamination, reissue and 
interference for good reason,'' which ``serves the public interest by 
reducing the possibility that claims, finally allowed, will be given 
broader scope than is justified.''
    Conversely, the Office received a comment suggesting the use of a 
Phillips-type construction standard for all patents, stating that 
``claims in AIA trials should be construed as they have been or would 
be construed in a civil action to invalidate a patent under Patent Act 
section 282, including construing each claim of the patent in 
accordance with the ordinary and customary meaning of such claim as 
understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, the prosecution history 
pertaining to the patent, and prior judicial determinations and 
stipulations relating to the patent.'' The commenter also stated that 
``the PTAB should apply the Phillips construction during AIA trials 
because they are adjudicative proceedings like litigation,'' and not 
examination proceedings like inter partes reexamination.
    Response: The comments favoring retention of the BRI approach are 
adopted. The Office appreciates the suggestions and will continue to 
apply the broadest reasonable interpretation standard to claims in an 
unexpired patent at issue in an AIA proceeding. The United States Court 
of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (``Federal Circuit'') has held 
recently that the Office is authorized to employ the broadest 
reasonable construction approach to construing terms of an unexpired 
patent at issue in an inter partes review proceeding--the Federal 
Circuit found that the BRI approach is consistent with legislative 
intent and reasonable under the Office's rulemaking authority. In re 
Cuozzo Speed Techs., LLC, No. 2014-

[[Page 50722]]

1301, 2015 WL 4097949, at *7-8 (Fed. Cir. July 8, 2015). In making this 
determination, the Federal Circuit observed that ``[t]here is no 
indication that the AIA was designed to change the claim construction 
standard that the PTO has applied for more than 100 years. Congress is 
presumed to legislate against the background of the kind of 
longstanding, consistent existing law that is present here. Moreover, 
Congress in enacting the AIA was well aware that the broadest 
reasonable interpretation standard was the prevailing rule.'' Id. at 
*6. The Federal Circuit recognized that because an inter partes review 
proceeding provides the patent owner the opportunity to amend its 
claims, use of the broadest reasonable interpretation approach is 
appropriate, regardless of ``the fact that IPR may be said to be 
adjudicatory rather than an examination.'' Id. at *16. The Federal 
Circuit also stated, ``[a]lthough the opportunity to amend is cabined 
in the IPR setting, it is thus nonetheless available,'' and 
specifically addressed the prohibition on post-issuance broadening at 
issue in the case, further stating that at least this restriction on 
motions to amend ``does not distinguish pre-IPR processes or undermine 
the inferred congressional authorization of the broadest reasonable 
interpretation standard in IPRs.'' Cuozzo, 2015 WL 4097949, at 7.
    Comment 3: The Office received multiple comments recommending 
changing the claim construction standard in certain circumstances. 
These commenters advocated for the use of the claim construction 
standard set forth in Phillips v. AWH Corp., 415 F.3d 1303 (Fed. Cir. 
2005) (en banc) for some or all of the following circumstances: (a) 
Unexpired patents where the ability to amend claims is no longer 
present in the trial, such as when a patent owner has elected to forego 
the opportunity to amend; (b) unexpired patents where the patent will 
expire prior to the final decision; (c) unexpired patents subject to a 
terminal disclaimer prior to final decision; and/or (d) unexpired 
patents when the parties to the trial have each filed claim 
construction briefings in another tribunal on terms at issue in the 
trial.
    Response: These comments are adopted in part. The Office agrees 
that the application of a Phillips-type claim construction for claims 
of a patent that will expire prior to the issuance of a final decision 
is appropriate. Such patents essentially lack any viable opportunity to 
amend the claims in an AIA proceeding. Therefore, for patents that will 
expire prior to issuance of any final written decision by the Office, 
the Office proposes to apply a Phillips-type standard during the 
proceeding.
    A scenario where it is clear that a patent will expire before a 
final decision is issued by the Office is a definitive circumstance 
where a petitioner can determine which claim construction will be 
applied with guidance from the Office. Specifically, the Office 
proposes to amend 37 CFR 42.100(b), 42.200(b), and 42.300(b) to reflect 
this change in the claim construction standard for claims in patents 
that will expire before a final written decision is issued in an AIA 
proceeding. The Office also intends to issue specific guidelines in the 
Office Patent Trial Practice Guide. The Office invites comments on how 
to structure guidelines to implement this change. For instance, the 
Office welcomes comments on the following questions: Should the Office 
set forth guidelines where a petitioner may determine, before filing a 
petition, which claim construction approach will be applied by the 
Office based on the relevant facts? Should the petitioner, who believes 
that the subject patent will expire prior to issuance of a final 
written decision, be required to submit claim interpretation analysis 
under both a Phillips-type and broadest reasonable interpretation 
approaches or state that either approach yields the same result? Should 
the Office entertain briefing after a petition if filed, but before a 
patent owner preliminary response is filed, concerning what standard 
should be applied?
    As to the remaining scenarios set forth by commenters, the Office 
will continue to apply a broadest reasonable interpretation standard 
because at the time that a petition is filed in each of those 
scenarios, the patent owner's ability to amend remains available. To 
allow the patent owner unilaterally to decide to forego any opportunity 
to amend after a petition has been filed, and thereby opt-in to a 
Phillips-type construction, appears to be unworkable, given the 
timeline applicable to AIA proceedings. In particular, the timeline 
would not allow a petitioner adequate time to amend the petition to 
reflect a different claim construction standard. The Office invites 
comments suggesting any workable and efficient solutions for scenarios 
where the patent owner chooses to forego the right to amend claims in 
an AIA proceeding, including any suggested revisions to the rules or 
the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide.

Patent Owner's Motions To Amend

    The Office asked, ``What modifications, if any, should be made to 
the Board's practice regarding motions to amend?'' 79 FR at 36476. The 
Office received a spectrum of comments that ranged from seeking no 
change in amendment practice to proposals for liberal grant of 
amendments in AIA proceedings. The Office addresses these comments 
below.
    Since receipt of these comments, the Office has clarified its 
statement made in Idle Free System, Inc. v. Bergstrom, Inc., Case 
IPR2012-00027 (PTAB June 11, 2013) (Paper 26) (informative), that 
``[t]he burden is not on the petitioner to show unpatentability, but on 
the patent owner to show patentable distinction over the prior art of 
record and also prior art known to the patent owner.'' Id. at 7 
(emphasis added). Specifically, the Office addressed what the 
references to ``prior art of record'' and ``prior art known to the 
patent owner'' mean, and how the burden of production shifts to the 
petitioner once the patent owner has made its prima facie case for 
patentability of the amendment. See MasterImage 3D, Inc. v. RealD Inc., 
Case IPR2015-00040, slip op. at 1-3 (PTAB July 15, 2015) (Paper 42). 
This decision clarifies that a patent owner must argue for the 
patentability of the proposed substitute claims over the prior art of 
record, including any art provided in light of a patent owner's duty of 
candor, and any other prior art or arguments supplied by the 
petitioner, in conjunction with the requirement that the proposed 
substitute claims be narrower than the claims that are being replaced.
    Comment 1: A number of commenters expressed satisfaction with the 
Board's current rules and practices for motions to amend. One commenter 
identified Idle Free Systems, Inc. v. Bergstrom, Inc., Case IPR2014-
00027 (PTAB June 11, 2013) (Paper 26) (informative), as outlining 
practices consistent with congressional intent and ``striking an 
appropriate balance between the public's interest in challenging the 
patentability of questionable patents and a patent owner's interest in 
maintaining patent protection for a legitimate invention.'' Another 
commenter stated that although the Board's current requirements for 
motions to amend provide patent owners with a fair opportunity to 
narrow claims in response to a petitioner's arguments and provide 
petitioners with fair notice regarding the type of amendment they need 
to rebut, the Office should consider providing consistent guidance 
through a precedential opinion or other means.
    Response: These comments are adopted. The Office is committed to 
improving its rules and practices for motions to amend and AIA trial 
practice in general. Accordingly, the Office will

[[Page 50723]]

continue to make improvements and clarifications via the rule-making 
process, by updating the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide, and by 
designating opinions as precedential or informative, as warranted. For 
example, as discussed above, the Office has issued an opinion that 
clarifies what is meant by ``prior art of record'' and ``prior art 
known to the patent owner'' in the context of a patent owner's prima 
facie case of patentability in a motion to amend. See MasterImage, slip 
op. at 1-3.
    Comment 2: One commenter advocated eliminating the opportunity to 
amend claims in AIA trial proceedings based on the premise that AIA 
trial proceedings are better designed to be expedited proceedings for 
determining claim patentability, not an examination.
    Response: As the commenter recognizes, a patent owner's right to 
file a motion to amend is statutorily mandated (35 U.S.C. 316(d), 
326(d)), as is the duty of the Director to provide standards and 
procedures for allowing such amendment (35 U.S.C. 316(a)(9), 
326(a)(9)). Absent a change in statutory authority, the Office cannot 
withdraw the opportunity to amend claims in AIA trial proceedings.
    Comment 3: Several commenters stated that the burden of proving the 
patentability of any proposed substitute claim should remain with the 
patent owner. Other commenters stated the contrary--that the burden 
should be shifted to the patent challenger to prove a proposed 
substitute claim unpatentable. Other commenters suggested intermediate 
positions targeted to reducing the burden on the patent owner, who 
submits a motion to amend, by requiring that the patent owner only bear 
the burden of proving patentability over the cited art in the petition 
or asserted grounds of unpatentability. Another commenter suggested 
that, similar to practice before the European Patent Office, motions to 
amend in AIA trials could include the participation of a USPTO Examiner 
from the technology center, preferably the examiner who originally 
granted the subject patent, and be limited to reviewing the broadest 
claim of a substitute claim set to allow patent owners to present 
multiple narrowing claim sets as fallback positions.
    Response: These comments are adopted in part. The Board currently 
does not contemplate a change in rules or practice to shift the 
ultimate burden of persuasion on patentability of proposed substitute 
claims from the patent owner to the petitioner. Depending on the 
amendment, a petitioner may not have an interest in challenging 
patentability of any substitute claims. Therefore, the ultimate burden 
of persuasion on patent owner's motion to amend remains best situated 
with the patent owner, to ensure that there is a clear representation 
on the record that the proposed substitute claims are patentable, given 
that there is no opportunity for separate examination of these newly 
proposed substitute claims in these adjudicatory-style AIA proceedings. 
See Microsoft Corp. v. Proxyconn, Inc., Nos. 2014-1542, 2014-1543, 2015 
WL 3747257, at *12 (Fed. Cir. June 16, 2015) (stating ultimate burden 
of persuasion remains with the patent owner, the movant, to demonstrate 
the patentability of the substitute claims).
    The Board's decision in MasterImage clarifies the meaning of the 
terms ``prior art of record'' and ``prior art known to the patent 
owner'' as set forth in Idle Free, which stated that the burden is on 
the patent owner ``to show patentable distinction over the prior art of 
record and also prior art known to the patent owner.'' Idle Free, slip 
op. at 7. The Office stated in MasterImage that, ``[t]he reference to 
`prior art of record' in the above-quoted text, as well as everywhere 
else in Idle Free, should be understood as referring to: a. any 
material art in the prosecution history of the patent; b. any material 
art of record in the current proceeding, including art asserted in 
grounds on which the Board did not institute review; and c. any 
material art of record in any other proceeding before the Office 
involving the patent.'' MasterImage, slip op. at 2. The Office also 
stated that the term ``prior art known to the patent owner,'' as used 
in Idle Free, ``should be understood as no more than the material prior 
art that Patent Owner makes of record in the current proceeding 
pursuant to its duty of candor and good faith to the Office under 37 
CFR 42.11, in light of a Motion to Amend.'' Id.
    At this time, the Office does not contemplate seeking assistance 
from the Examining Corps for review of motions to amend.
    In addition, the Office has clarified how the burden of production 
shifts between the parties with regard to a motion to amend. ``With 
respect to a motion to amend, once Patent Owner has set forth a prima 
facie case of patentability of narrower substitute claims over the 
prior art of record, the burden of production shifts to the petitioner. 
In its opposition, the petitioner may explain why the patent owner did 
not make out a prima facie case of patentability, or attempt to rebut 
that prima facie case, by addressing Patent Owner's evidence and 
arguments and/or by identifying and applying additional prior art 
against proposed substitute claims. Patent Owner has an opportunity to 
respond in its reply. The ultimate burden of persuasion remains with 
Patent Owner, the movant, to demonstrate the patentability of the 
amended claims.'' MasterImage, slip op. at 2 (citing Microsoft, 2015 WL 
3747257, at *12).
    Comment 4: Several commenters suggested that patent owners should 
not be required to cancel a challenged claim in order to submit a 
substitute claim and/or should be permitted to propose more than one 
substitute claim per challenged claim.
    Response: Rule 42.221(a)(3) provides that a motion to amend may 
``cancel a challenged claim or propose a reasonable number of 
substitute claims,'' and for efficiency, sets forth the rebuttable 
presumption ``that only one substitute claim would be needed to replace 
each challenged claim.'' As 37 CFR 42.121(a)(3) and 42.221(a)(3) 
provides, this presumption ``may be rebutted by a demonstration of 
need.'' This strikes a reasonable balance between maintaining the 
efficiency of the proceedings and allowing a patent owner to present 
additional substitute claims when need is shown. Although patent owners 
are encouraged to submit a single substitute claim for each canceled 
claim, the Rules do not prohibit a motion to amend that proposes more 
than one replacement claim for each cancelled claim. Patent owners are 
encouraged to confer with the Board where an appropriate showing of 
need can be made. The Board does not, however, contemplate a change in 
rules or practice at this time.
    Comment 5: Several commenters suggested that motions to amend 
should be liberally allowed. One commenter suggested the Office should 
evaluate a motion to amend in the same way that the entry of a 
supplemental response in prosecution is evaluated, as under 37 CFR 
1.111(a)(2).
    Response: These suggestions are not adopted. Under 35 U.S.C. 
316(a)(9) and 326(a)(9), the Office has the authority to set forth 
standards and procedures for allowing a patent owner to move to amend 
the patent under 35 U.S.C. 316(d) and 326(d). And 35 U.S.C. 316(d) and 
326(d) sets forth certain statutory limitations for amendments for a 
patent in an AIA proceeding, including limiting the number of proposed 
claims to a ``reasonable number of substitute claims'' (35 U.S.C. 
316(d)(1)(B)) and prohibiting amendments that ``enlarge the scope of 
the claims of the patent or introduce new matter'' (35 U.S.C.

[[Page 50724]]

316(d)(3)). Thus, by statute, motions to amend cannot be entered in the 
same way as amendments that are entered during prosecution, which are 
not bound by such restrictions.
    Moreover, AIA proceedings are neither ex parte patent prosecution 
nor patent reexamination or reissue. The Board does not conduct a prior 
art search to evaluate the patentability of the proposed substitute 
claims, and any such requirement would be impractical given the 
statutory structure of AIA proceedings. If a motion to amend is 
granted, the substitute claims become part of an issued patent, without 
any further examination by the Office. Because of this constraint, the 
Office has set forth rules for motions to amend that account for the 
absence of an independent examination by the Office where a prior art 
search is performed as would be done during prosecution, reexamination, 
or reissue.
    As set forth above, however, the Office does recognize a 
clarification of amendment practice that affirmatively states that a 
patent owner must argue for the patentability of the proposed 
substitute claims over the prior art of record, including art provided 
in light of a patent owner's duty of candor and any other prior art or 
arguments supplied by the petitioner, in conjunction with the statutory 
requirement that the proposed substitute claims be narrower than the 
claims that are being replaced. In light of these requirements, the 
Office has explained how the burden of production shifts to the 
petitioner once the patent owner has set forth a prima facie case of 
patentability of narrower substitute claims. MasterImage, slip op. at 
3.
    Comment 6: Several commenters suggested that the Office provide 
additional guidance in conferences regarding motion to amend practice, 
including guidance on what prior art the patent owner needs to 
distinguish in a motion to amend. One commenter stated that the Office 
could confirm for a patent owner whether a new prior art search is 
required and whether providing information similar to the accelerated 
examination support documents (ESD) would be sufficient for a patent 
owner to carry its burden. Another commenter suggested making clear in 
the Rules and the Trial Practice Guide that a reissue application can 
be utilized after a final written decision as an examination mechanism 
for amending claims and that the burden of persuasion for permitting 
the Board to consider a motion to amend is not the same as the burden 
of proof as to the patentability of any claims that are the subject to 
a motion to amend.
    Response: These comments are adopted in part as set forth above. 
The Office has explained how the burden of production shifts to the 
petitioner once the patent owner has set forth a prima facie case of 
patentability of narrower substitute claims. MasterImage, slip op. at 
3. Also, 37 CFR 42.121(a) and 42.122(a) require the patent owner to 
hold a conference call with the Office before the patent owner files a 
motion to amend. During that call, the judges provide technical 
guidance to the patent owner and the petitioner regarding the motion. 
If the parties have questions regarding the proper scope of a motion to 
amend, the parties may discuss those issues with the judges during the 
conference call. In addition, the Board notes the following Board 
decisions on motions to amend as further guidance: MasterImage, slip 
op. at 1-3); Idle Free Systems, Inc. v. Bergstrom, Inc., Case IPR2012-
00027 (PTAB June 11, 2013) (Paper 26) (informative); Int'l Flavors & 
Fragrances Inc. v. United States of America, Case IPR2013-00124 (PTAB 
May 20, 2014) (Paper 12) (informative); Corning Optical Comms. RF, LLC 
v. PPC Broadband, Inc., Case IPR2014-00441 (PTAB Oct. 30, 2014) (Paper 
19); Riverbed Tech., Inc. v. Silver Peak Systems, Inc., Case IPR2013-
00403 (PTAB Dec. 30, 2014) (Paper 33); Reg Synthetic Fuels LLC v. Neste 
Oil OYJ, Case IPR2014-00192 (PTAB June 5, 2015) (Paper 48).
    As for whether to revise the Rules and the Trial Practice Guide to 
state that a reissue application can be utilized as a mechanism for 
amending the claims after final written decision, the Office declines 
to propose a blanket rule applicable to all reissues, which have 
additional requirements governing those proceedings.
    As for distinguishing between the burden of persuasion for 
permitting the Board to consider a motion to amend and the burden of 
proof as to patentability, the patent owner has a statutory right to 
file a motion to amend under 35 U.S.C. 316(d) and 326(d). Thus, there 
is no burden of persuasion for permitting the Board to consider a 
motion to amend, as the Board must consider a motion to amend that is 
filed in a proceeding.
    Comment 7: One commenter suggested that the Office should allow 
patent owners to cure minor defects in motions to amend, such as the 
failure to construe a claim term that the Board deems necessary or 
failure to provide written description support for the substitute claim 
language. The commenter further suggested that the petitioner should be 
allowed to respond to these further comments by the patent owner.
    Response: If the Board deems it appropriate, the Board may allow a 
patent owner to cure minor defects in a motion to amend upon request. 
Given the time constraints of these proceedings, however, the suggested 
further exchange of briefing may be incompatible with the case 
schedule. To the extent a patent owner is aware of any such defects, 
the Office recommends that the patent owner seek authorization from the 
Board to revise its motion to amend as soon as possible.
    Comment 8: Several commenters suggested that the Office should 
rescind the patent owner estoppel provision of 37 CFR 42.73(d)(3) 
because the commenters believed the Rule ``precludes a patent owner 
from obtaining from the Office in another proceeding a patent claim 
that could have been filed in response to any properly raised ground of 
unpatentability for a finally refused or cancelled claim.''
    Response: This suggestion is not adopted. Under 37 CFR 42.73(d)(3), 
a patent applicant or owner is precluded from taking action 
inconsistent with the adverse judgment, including obtaining in any 
patent (1) A claim that is not patentably distinct from a finally 
refused or canceled claim; or (2) An amendment of a specification or of 
a drawing that was denied during the trial proceeding, but this 
provision does not apply to an application or patent that has a 
different written description. Thus, 37 CFR 42.73(d)(3) does not 
expressly preclude a patent owner from obtaining, in another 
proceeding, all patent claims that could have been filed in response to 
any properly raised ground of unpatentability for a finally refused or 
cancelled claim, as the commenters suggest. By its terms, this rule 
precludes a patent applicant or owner from obtaining, in another 
proceeding, claims that are not patentably distinct from a finally 
refused or canceled claim.
    Comment 9: One commenter suggested that the rules are unfair 
because the patent owner must file its motion to amend at the same time 
that it files its patent owner response. The commenter states, 
``[t]herefore, the patent owner must put forward all its arguments for 
patentability without knowing whether the original or amended claims 
will be reviewed by the PTAB.''
    Response: When the patent owner files its patent owner response, 
the Board will have issued its decision on institution, which 
identifies the grounds and claims on which the inter partes or

[[Page 50725]]

post-grant review is instituted. Moreover, AIA proceedings before the 
Office are required, by statute, to be completed no later than one year 
from the date on which the Director notices the institution of a 
review, except where good cause is shown to extend the one-year period, 
which extension may be no more than six months. 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(11); 
37 CFR 42.100(c). Due to the time constraints imposed on these 
proceedings, the Office deemed it most efficient for patent owners to 
file their motions to amend no later than the filing of the patent 
owner response. See 37 CFR 42.121, 42.221. The patent owner, however, 
may file a motion to amend at an earlier stage of the proceeding.
    Comment 10: One commenter suggested that when a patent owner 
concedes the unpatentability of an existing claim and files a non-
contingent motion to amend, claim cancellation should take place 
immediately. The commenter stated that, under current practice, the 
conceded claim remains in effect until the Board issues its final 
written decision, which allows the patent owner to assert the conceded 
claim in parallel proceedings. Accordingly, the commenter suggested 
that a patent owner should not be permitted to concede a claim's 
patentability before the Board while continuing to assert it in 
litigation.
    Response: This suggestion is not adopted. The defendant in such 
litigation may seek relief before the district court. The Board 
typically considers all papers at once for purposes of rendering the 
final written decision. That practice is generally most efficient, in 
light of the large number of cases pending before the Board. Also, a 
patent owner who asserts a claim in a parallel proceeding that was 
conceded to be unpatentable may face potential sanctions, and 
registered practitioners who assert such a claim may face disciplinary 
investigation by the Office of Enrollment and Discipline. In the event, 
however, that a patent owner concedes unpatentability and requests 
cancellation of any claims, the parties may request a conference call 
with the panel to request cancellation of those claims before issuing 
the final written decision.
    Comment 11: One commenter suggested that if a motion to amend is 
denied, the patent owner should be allowed to convert the denied motion 
to amend into an ex parte reexamination of the substitute claims. 
Accordingly, any prior art raised in either the motion or the 
opposition should be applied as the substantial new question of 
patentability in reexamination.
    Response: This suggestion is not adopted. The rules for a request 
for ex parte reexamination apply different parameters than the rules 
for motions to amend in AIA proceedings. Compare 37 CFR 1.510(b) with 
37 CFR 42.121, 42.221. Thus, the Office cannot convert a denied motion 
to amend into an ex parte reexamination of the proposed substitute 
claims that does not address the requirements of a request for ex parte 
reexamination.

Patent Owner's Preliminary Response

    The Office asked, ``Should new testimonial evidence be permitted in 
a Patent Owner Preliminary Response? If new testimonial evidence is 
permitted, how can the Board meet the statutory deadline to determine 
whether to institute a proceeding while ensuring fair treatment of all 
parties?'' 79 FR at 36476. The Office received comments that range from 
advocating preserving the current prohibition on the patent owner's 
ability to assert new testimonial evidence at the preliminary response 
stage, an intermediate position of allowing new testimonial evidence on 
issues for which the patent owner bears the burden of proof or in 
response to petitioner's declarant, to allowance of new testimonial 
evidence by patent owner at the preliminary response stage with no 
restriction on scope. Commenters did express an overall concern with 
the ability of parties to conduct adequate discovery relating to 
testimonial evidence and adhering to the statutory timeline for 
instituting proceedings.
    The Office proposes amending the rules to allow the patent owner to 
file new testimonial evidence with its preliminary response. In order 
to be able to meet the three-month statutory deadline for issuing a 
decision on institution, the rules will provide expressly that no right 
of cross-examination of a declarant exists before institution. Because 
the time frame for the preliminary phase of an AIA proceeding does not 
allow for such cross-examination as of right, nor for the petitioner to 
file a reply brief as of right, the Office proposes amending the rules 
to provide that any factual dispute that is material to the institution 
decision will be resolved in favor of the petitioner solely for 
purposes of making a determination about whether to institute. This is 
proposed, among other reasons, to preserve petitioner's right to 
challenge statements made by the patent owner's declarant.
    Comment 1: Several commenters suggested that the patent owner 
should be allowed to rely on new testimonial evidence in its 
preliminary response to the petition given that the petitioner may rely 
upon such evidence in its petition, and that the current practice of 
not allowing a patent owner to rely on such evidence is unfair. Within 
these comments were examples of testimonial evidence that should be 
allowed in a preliminary response, such as testimony related to claim 
construction, issues regarding obviousness, and issues for which the 
patent owner has the burden of proof. Certain comments suggested that 
early development of the record would increase efficiency by leading to 
fewer institutions or institution on fewer grounds. Other comments said 
that the current rule should not be changed because the time period 
prior to institution does not allow a petitioner to evaluate fully the 
new evidence, the petitioner would not have an opportunity to cross-
examine the witness, and the patent owner has a full opportunity to 
submit evidence post-institution.
    Response: The Office proposes to amend the rules for the patent 
owner preliminary response (37 CFR 42.107, 42.207) to allow new 
testimonial evidence, thereby adopting the suggestions that the patent 
owner be allowed to rely upon supporting testimonial evidence in 
response to the petition. Sections 313 and 323 of Title 35 state that 
the patent owner may file a preliminary response that sets forth 
reasons why no institution should be granted. Therefore, the Office 
believes that it would be fair and equitable to consider supporting 
evidence submitted with a preliminary response.
    If supporting evidence is submitted by a patent owner, cross-
examination of the witness providing the testimony is likely to be 
permitted only after the institution of the proceeding, given the time 
constraints surrounding the institution decision. Section 316(a)(5)(A) 
of Title 35 states that the Director shall prescribe regulations 
setting forth standards and procedures for discovery of relevant 
evidence including the depositions of witnesses submitting affidavits 
or declarations. Allowing for cross-examination as of right prior to 
the institution of a proceeding would negatively impact the ability of 
the Office to meet the statutory requirements set out in 35 U.S.C. 
314(b) and 324(c), and would result in more cost to the parties before 
a review is instituted.
    In order for the Board to act consistently when confronted with 
material factual disputes in the institution decision briefing and 
evidence, the Office proposes that any

[[Page 50726]]

such factual disputes will be resolved in favor of the petitioner 
solely for purposes of deciding whether to institute. The petitioner 
also will be afforded an opportunity to seek permission to file a reply 
brief to respond to a preliminary response that presents testimonial 
evidence, though it will not be able to file such a reply as of right.
    Comment 2: The Office received several comments suggesting that the 
Board provide for the submission of a petitioner reply to the patent 
owner preliminary response, particularly if the Board were to amend the 
rule for the patent owner preliminary response to allow new testimonial 
evidence. Many of these commenters stated that the petition itself is 
limited because the petitioner cannot anticipate all arguments that the 
patent owner may make (e.g., the patent owner preliminary response may 
present additional claim constructions), and that a petitioner's 
rehearing request does not provide a timely opportunity for the 
petitioner to reply to the patent owner preliminary response. However, 
one commenter opposed this suggestion, stating that ``in all fairness 
the only way to reasonably address such a drastic change were it 
implemented would be by the inventor/[patent owner] being allowed to 
then file a sur-reply to Petitioner's reply . . . .'' Many of the 
commenters noted the short statutory timeframe for the pre-institution 
phase as a factor that limits the number of briefs that may be allowed.
    Response: Because the Office proposes to amend the rules for the 
patent owner preliminary response (37 CFR 42.107, 42.207) to allow new 
testimonial evidence, the Office proposes to change the rules to 
provide for a petitioner to seek leave to file a reply to the patent 
owner preliminary response. In particular, each of 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(13) 
and 326(a)(12) states that the Director shall prescribe regulations 
providing the petitioner with ``at least 1 opportunity to file written 
comments.'' The Office proposes to change the rules to provide 
expressly that a petitioner may seek leave to file a reply to a 
preliminary response including new testimonial evidence, so that the 
Office may allow a reply when the circumstances so warrant.
    Comment 3: Several commenters requested clarification of ``new 
testimonial evidence'' as used in 37 CFR 42.107(c). These comments 
indicated that the current rules, procedures, and cases do not provide 
adequate guidance as to what testimonial evidence is permitted in a 
preliminary response.
    Response: Because the Office proposes to amend the rules for the 
patent owner preliminary response (37 CFR 42.107, 42.207) to allow new 
testimonial evidence, additional clarification is not necessary.

Additional Discovery

    The Office asked, ``Are the factors enumerated in the Board's 
decision in Garmin v. Cuozzo, IPR2012-00001, appropriate to consider in 
deciding whether to grant a request for additional discovery? What 
additional factors, if any, should be considered?'' 79 FR at 36476. The 
Office provides guidance on its Web site, see, e.g., http://www.uspto.gov/blog/aia/entry/message_from_administrative_patent_judges, 
in response to comments generated from these questions, and plans to 
revise the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide to reflect this guidance.
    Comment 1: A number of comments indicated that the Garmin factors 
are appropriate. Some of the comments further noted that the Garmin 
factors help the Office to strike the right balance for AIA trial 
proceedings, permitting parties to obtain meaningful discovery while 
preventing expensive, broad discovery. The comments also urged the 
Office to continue applying those factors. Several comments also 
expressed the view that the first, third, and fifth Garmin factors 
provide an important safeguard to minimize costs and limit 
distractions, ensuring fast and efficient resolution on the merits.
    Response: These comments are adopted. The Office appreciates the 
suggestions and will continue to apply the Garmin factors on a case-by-
case basis when considering whether additional discovery in an inter 
partes review is necessary in the interest of justice, as follows:
    1. More Than A Possibility And Mere Allegation. The mere 
possibility of finding something useful, and mere allegation that 
something useful will be found, are insufficient. Thus, the party 
requesting discovery already should be in possession of a threshold 
amount of evidence or reasoning tending to show beyond speculation that 
something useful will be uncovered. ``Useful'' does not mean merely 
``relevant'' or ``admissible,'' but rather means favorable in 
substantive value to a contention of the party moving for discovery.
    2. Litigation Positions And Underlying Basis. Asking for the other 
party's litigation positions and the underlying basis for those 
positions is not necessarily in the interest of justice.
    3. Ability To Generate Equivalent Information By Other Means. 
Discovery of information a party reasonably can figure out, generate, 
obtain, or assemble without a discovery request would not be in the 
interest of justice.
    4. Easily Understandable Instructions. The requests themselves 
should be easily understandable. For example, ten pages of complex 
instructions are prima facie unclear.
    5. Requests Not Overly Burdensome To Answer. The Board considers 
financial burden, burden on human resources, and burden on meeting the 
time schedule of the review. Requests should be sensible and 
responsibly tailored according to a genuine need.
    Garmin Int'l, Inc. v. Cuozzo Speed Techs. LLC, Case IPR2012-00001, 
slip op. at 6-7 (PTAB Mar. 5, 2013) (Paper 26) (informative). The 
Office also applies similar factors in post-grant reviews and covered 
business method patent reviews when deciding whether the requested 
additional discovery is supported by a good cause showing and ``limited 
to evidence directly related to factual assertions advanced'' by a 
party. See 37 CFR 42.224; Bloomberg Inc. v. Markets-Alert Pty Ltd, Case 
CBM2013-00005, slip op. at 3-5 (PTAB May 29, 2013) (Paper 32).
    Comment 2: A comment suggested that the Office should provide rule-
based guidance on the ``interest of justice'' standard.
    Response: As discovery disputes are highly fact dependent, the 
Office has found that the flexible approach as set forth in Garmin 
provides helpful guidance to the parties and assists the Office in 
achieving the appropriate balance, permitting meaningful discovery, 
while securing the just, speedy, and inexpensive resolution of every 
proceeding.
    Comment 3: One comment suggested that the Office should continue to 
place emphasis on maintaining the one-year trial schedule by 
encouraging parties to raise discovery issues early in the proceeding, 
even during the pre-institution stage.
    Response: This comment is adopted. As explained in Garmin regarding 
Factor 5--discovery requests must not be overly burdensome to answer--
the Office will consider the burden on meeting the schedule of the 
proceeding. Garmin, Case IPR2012-00001, slip op. at 7. For example, as 
discussed below, the Office has granted reasonable, narrowly tailored 
discovery requests prior to institution when the patent owner raises 
sufficient concerns regarding the petitioner's identification of real 
parties-in-interest. Moreover, the Scheduling Order of each trial 
utilizes sequenced discovery, whereby parties can conduct meaningful 
discovery

[[Page 50727]]

before they are required to submit their respective motions and 
oppositions, taking into account the complexity of the proceeding, 
while ensuring that the trial is completed within one year of 
institution. Parties are encouraged to raise discovery issues, and 
confer with each other regarding such issues, as soon as they arise in 
a proceeding.
    Comment 4: One comment suggested that Factor 2 should not be 
applied as a per se rule.
    Response: Garmin sets forth a flexible approach in which the Garmin 
factors are not per se rules. As explained in Garmin regarding Factor 
2, the Board has established rules and practices for the presentation 
of arguments and evidence, and there is a proper time and place for 
each party to make its presentation. Garmin, Case IPR2012-00001, slip 
op. at 13. For instance, under 37 CFR 42.51(b)(1) for routine 
discovery, a party has the opportunity to cross-examine the opposing 
party's declarant with regard to the basis of his or her testimony. 
Moreover, as discovery disputes are highly fact dependent, the Office 
decides each issue on a case-by-case basis, taking account of the 
specific facts of the proceeding. See, e.g., Bloomberg Inc. v. Markets-
Alert Pty Ltd., Case CBM2013-00005, slip op. at 6-7 (PTAB May 29, 2013) 
(Paper 32) (granting a specific and narrowly tailored request seeking 
information considered by an expert witness in connection with the 
preparation of his declaration filed in the proceeding).
    Comment 5: One comment recommended that the Office expressly 
consider the specificity of the request, require parties to identify 
requested documents with the greatest possible specificity, and reject 
broad, amorphous requests that do not reasonably identify responsive 
documents. Other comments urged the Office to add the following 
additional factors, ensuring that the Garmin factors would be applied 
correctly and permitting additional discovery when it is actually 
warranted: (1) Whether the information is solely within the possession 
of the other party; (2) whether the information already has been 
produced in a related matter; and (3) whether the discovery sought 
relates to jurisdictional issues under 35 U.S.C. 315 and 325.
    Response: Garmin sets forth a flexible and representative framework 
for providing helpful guidance to the parties, and assisting the Office 
to decide whether additional discovery requested in an inter partes 
review is necessary in the interest of justice, consistent with 35 
U.S.C. 316(a)(5), or whether additional discovery in a post-grant 
review is supported by a good cause showing, consistent with 35 U.S.C. 
326(a)(5). The list of factors set forth in Garmin is not exhaustive. 
The Office applies the factors on a case-by-case basis, considering the 
particular facts of each discovery request, including the particular 
arguments raised by a party seeking additional discovery. Under this 
flexible approach, parties are permitted to present their arguments 
using different factors including those suggested in the comments. In 
fact, the suggested additional factors are subsumed effectively already 
under the Garmin factors, and have been considered by the Office in 
deciding whether to grant additional discovery requests. See, e.g., 
Int'l Sec. Exch., LLC v. Chi. Bd. Options Exch., Inc., Case IPR2014-
00097 (PTAB July 14, 2014) (Paper 20) (granting a specific, narrowly 
tailored, and reasonable request for additional discovery of 
information that Patent Owner could not have obtained reasonably 
without a discovery request). As noted below, the Office frequently has 
granted reasonable discovery requests that are specific, narrowly 
tailored, and not overly burdensome in cases where a patent owner 
timely raises a real party-in-interest or privity challenge. See, e.g., 
Nestle USA, Inc. v. Steuben Foods, Case IPR2015-00195 (PTAB Feb. 27, 
2015) (Paper 21) (granting Patent Owner's request for a sales agreement 
between Petitioner and another entity that allegedly contains 
indemnity, control, and cooperation provisions).
    Comment 6: One comment suggested combining Factor 4 and Factor 5.
    Response: Factor 4 and Factor 5 address different concerns. In 
particular, Factor 4 promotes the use of easily understandable 
instructions and, thereby, guards against the use of long and complex 
instructions that could unduly burden the producing party. Factor 5, by 
contrast, focuses on burdens and time constraints associated with 
complying with a request for additional discovery and, thereby, assists 
the Office in limiting discovery to requests that can be satisfied 
without disrupting the schedule, and which do not impose undue 
financial or human resource burdens on the producing party. As 
discussed above, parties have the flexibility under the Garmin 
framework to adopt a different combination of factors to present their 
arguments, including combining their analyses regarding Factor 4 and 
Factor 5.
    Comment 7: Several comments indicated that, although the Garmin 
factors are appropriate, they sometimes are being applied incorrectly 
to require the moving party to have the actual evidence being sought.
    Response: As explained in Garmin, the moving party, who is seeking 
additional discovery, should present a threshold amount of evidence or 
reasoning tending to show beyond speculation that something useful will 
be uncovered. Garmin, Case IPR2012-00001, slip op. at 7-8. This factor 
ensures that the opposing party is not overly burdened, and the 
proceeding not unnecessarily delayed, by speculative requests where 
discovery is not warranted. The Office, however, does not require the 
moving party to have any actual evidence of the type being sought, for 
example, where reasoning is presented that tends to show beyond 
speculation that something useful will be uncovered. Furthermore, a 
party who is dissatisfied with a decision and believes the Office 
misapprehended or overlooked a matter in denying additional discovery 
may file a request for rehearing, without prior authorization. See 37 
CFR 42.71(d).

Obviousness

    The Office asked, ``Under what circumstances should the Board 
permit the discovery of evidence of non-obviousness held by the 
Petitioner, for example, evidence of commercial success for a product 
of the Petitioner? What limits should be placed on such discovery to 
ensure that the trial is completed by the statutory deadline?'' 79 FR 
at 36476. The Office provides guidance on its Web site, see, e.g., 
http://www.uspto.gov/blog/aia/entry/message_from_administrative_patent_judges, in response to comments 
generated from these questions, and will revise the Office Patent Trial 
Practice Guide to reflect this guidance.
    Comment 1: Several comments suggested that the Office should permit 
discovery of evidence of non-obviousness held by the petitioner in all 
cases. Another comment indicated that, if a request is narrowly 
tailored, this may be one situation where additional discovery may be 
permissible. In contrast, several other comments recommended that the 
Office should very rarely, if ever, permit discovery of the 
petitioner's product, as it would require a mini-trial on whether the 
petitioner's product infringes the patent, overwhelming the AIA trial 
process, undermining the efficient, focused procedure, making it 
impossible to conclude the AIA trial proceedings within the statutory 
deadline, and imposing a significant burden on the petitioner. Several 
comments further suggested that the Office should

[[Page 50728]]

continue to apply the Garmin factors (see Garmin Int'l Inc. v. Cuozzo 
Speed Techs. LLC, IPR2012-00001 (PTAB Mar. 5, 2013) (Paper 26) 
(informative)), allowing discovery only when the patent owner 
establishes that the additional discovery is in the interest of 
justice.
    Response: The Office appreciates the varying points of view. The 
Office has considered these comments and believes that the Garmin 
factors currently provide appropriate and sufficient guidance for how 
to handle requests for additional discovery, which the Office will 
continue to decide on a case-by-case basis. The Office will continue to 
seek feedback as the case law develops as to whether a more specific 
rule for this type of discovery is warranted or needed. The Office 
encourages parties to confer and reach an agreement on the information 
to exchange early in the proceeding, resolving discovery issues 
promptly and efficiently. See 37 CFR 42.51(a). As explained in the 
Office Patent Trial Practice Guide, the parties may agree to certain 
initial disclosures, including information regarding secondary indicia 
of non-obviousness from the petitioner. Office Patent Trial Practice 
Guide, 77 FR at 48762. In situations in which there is a disagreement 
among the parties, the Office will decide on a case-by-case basis 
whether additional discovery in an inter partes review is necessary in 
the interest of justice, or whether additional discovery in a post-
grant review is supported by a good cause showing, based on the 
particular facts of each request, consistent with 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(5) 
and 326(a)(5). As discussed above, the Garmin factors provide helpful 
guidance to the parties and assist the Office to achieve the 
appropriate balance, permitting meaningful discovery, while securing 
the just, speedy, and inexpensive resolution of every proceeding. The 
Office plans to add further discussion as to how the Garmin factors 
have been applied in the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide.
    Comment 2: Several comments indicated that a patent owner seeking 
additional discovery regarding the petitioner's product in support of a 
commercial success non-obviousness argument should have to show that 
the challenged patent claims read on the petitioner's product, that the 
product was commercially successful, and that the alleged success 
resulted from the patented feature. Several other comments, however, 
suggested that requiring a patent owner to prove such a nexus between 
the evidence being sought and the claims places too high a burden on 
the patent owner. One comment urged the Office to allow a patent owner 
to obtain secondary consideration evidence from the petitioner when the 
patent owner presents a good-faith argument that there is a nexus 
between such evidence and the claims, such as by infringement 
contentions offered in the related district court litigation. Several 
comments recommended that a patent owner should be permitted to obtain 
additional discovery from a petitioner when the patent owner 
demonstrates that the petitioner is reasonably likely to possess 
evidence of secondary considerations, relaxing the first Garmin Factor. 
A few other comments suggested that the Office should permit limited 
discovery of the petitioner's evidence of secondary considerations when 
the patent owner has presented a sufficient showing of a nexus.
    Response: The Office recognizes that it is important to provide a 
patent owner a full and fair opportunity to develop arguments regarding 
secondary considerations. The Office, therefore, agrees that a 
conclusive showing of nexus between the claimed invention and the 
information being sought through discovery is not required at the time 
the patent owner requests additional discovery. Nonetheless, some 
showing of nexus is required to ensure that additional discovery is 
necessary in the interest of justice, in an inter partes review, or is 
supported by a good cause showing, in a post-grant review. See 35 
U.S.C. 316(a)(5) and 326(a)(5); 37 CFR 42.51(b)(2) and 42.224. Notably, 
as explained in Garmin concerning Factor 1, the mere possibility of 
finding something useful, and mere allegation that something useful 
will be found, are insufficient to demonstrate that the requested 
discovery is necessary in the interest of justice. Garmin, slip op. at 
6. A patent owner seeking secondary consideration evidence from a 
petitioner should present a threshold amount of evidence or reasoning 
tending to show beyond speculation that something useful will be 
uncovered. A mere infringement contention or allegation that the claims 
reasonably could be read to cover the petitioner's product is generally 
insufficient, because such a contention or allegation, for example, 
does not show necessarily that the alleged commercial success derives 
from the claimed feature. Nor does it account for other desirable 
features of the petitioner's product or market position that could have 
contributed to the alleged commercial success. See e.g., John's Lone 
Star Distrib., Inc. v. Thermolife Int'l, LLC, IPR2014-01201 (PTAB May 
13, 2015) (Paper 30). The Office plans to add further discussion on 
this issue to the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide.
    Comment 3: One comment recommended that the Office permit the 
patent owner to serve a limited number of focused interrogatories and 
requests for production related to secondary considerations, and 
provide a schedule for the discovery.
    Response: The Office declines to adopt a mandatory rule regarding 
additional discovery of secondary considerations, but will continue to 
entertain the need for such discovery on a case-by-case basis. 
Moreover, as provided in 37 CFR 42.51(a)(1) and (b)(2), parties may 
agree to additional discovery, including answering focused 
interrogatories and production of documents, even prior to institution. 
The Office also encourages and facilitates such cooperation between 
parties. See, e.g., Square, Inc. v. REM Holdings 3, LLC, Case IPR2014-
00312, slip op. at 2-4 (PTAB Sep. 15, 2014) (Paper 23) (In response to 
the Board's request, the parties conferred and reached an agreement as 
to the Patent Owner's focused and narrowly tailored interrogatories and 
document request.). Balancing fairness concerns with the need to meet 
statutory deadlines, the Office, at this time, declines to make 
additional discovery on secondary considerations available as a matter 
of right, given that all other types of additional discovery may be 
obtained only upon a showing based on the Garmin factors.

Real Party in Interest

    The Office asked, ``Should a Patent Owner be able to raise a 
challenge regarding a real party in interest at any time during a 
trial?'' 79 FR at 36476. The Office provides guidance below in response 
to comments generated from these questions, and will revise the Office 
Patent Trial Practice Guide to reflect this guidance.
    Comment 1: A number of comments indicated that a patent owner 
should be able to raise a challenge regarding a real party-in-interest 
or privity at any time during a trial proceeding. A few comments also 
suggested that the Office should encourage or require the patent owner 
to raise this challenge in its preliminary response, so that the Office 
could consider this issue when determining whether or not to institute 
a review and resolve it promptly. Several comments further recommended 
that a patent owner may raise this challenge after institution if it 
provides a reasonable explanation as to why it could not have raised 
such a challenge

[[Page 50729]]

earlier in the proceeding. One comment, however, opposed any change 
that would allow a patent owner to challenge the identity of a real 
party-in-interest at any time during a trial. Another comment also 
opposed allowing patent owners to make a belated challenge under 35 
U.S.C. 312(a) for a petitioner's failure to name all real parties-in-
interest.
    Response: The Office recognizes that it is important to resolve 
real party-in-interest and privity issues as early as possible, 
preferably in the preliminary stage of the proceeding prior to 
institution, to avoid unnecessary delays and to minimize cost and 
burden on the parties and the resources of the Office. In most cases, 
the patent owner also recognizes the benefit of raising a real party-
in-interest or privity challenge early in the proceeding, before or 
with the filing of its preliminary response, to avoid the cost and 
burden of a trial if the challenge is successful.
    To balance efficiency with fairness, the Office, in general, will 
permit a patent owner to raise a challenge regarding a real party-in-
interest or privity at any time during a trial proceeding. Such a 
position is consistent with the final rule notice. See Changes to 
Implement Inter Partes Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review 
Proceedings, and Transitional Program for Covered Business Method 
Patents; Final Rule, 77 FR 48680, 48695 (Aug. 14, 2012) (``After 
institution, standing issues may still be raised during trial. A patent 
owner may seek authority from the Board to take pertinent discovery or 
to file a motion to challenge the petitioner's standing.''). With 
respect to a late challenge that reasonably could have been raised 
earlier in the proceeding, the Office will consider the impact of such 
a delay on a case-by-case basis, including whether the delay is 
unwarranted or prejudicial. The Office also will consider that impact 
when deciding whether to grant a motion for additional discovery based 
on a real party-in-interest or privity issue. The Office plans to add 
further discussion on this issue to the Office Patent Trial Practice 
Guide.
    Comment 2: A few comments suggested that the rules should be 
revised to require both parties to provide certain documents associated 
with the real party-in-interest or privity of the parties. In 
particular, the comments recommended requiring the parties to provide 
the following information: (1) Joint defense group agreements, (2) 
indemnity agreements, (3) identification of counsel representing a 
defendant in related litigations, (4) identification of parties 
participating in the preparation of the petition or in the review, and 
(5) identification of all parties funding the expenses associated with 
the review. In contrast, another comment urged the Office not to impose 
such burdensome mandatory disclosure requirements and indicated that 
the Office's current practice is appropriate for resolving real party-
in-interest and privity issues in a low-cost and efficient manner.
    Response: As many cases do not involve real party-in-interest or 
privity disputes, the Office, at this time, does not believe that any 
benefit resulting from requiring the parties to provide these highly 
sensitive, and possibly privileged, documents in every case would 
outweigh the additional cost and burden on the parties and the Office. 
When a patent owner timely raises real party-in-interest or privity 
challenges, which are highly fact dependent, the Office will continue 
to consider the need for additional discovery on a case-by-case basis, 
taking into account the specific facts in the proceeding to determine 
whether additional discovery is necessary in the interest of justice, 
in an inter partes review, or supported by a good cause showing, in a 
post-grant review. See, e.g., 37 CFR 42.51(b)(2); Garmin, Case IPR2012-
00001, slip op. at 7; Office Patent Trial Practice Guide, 77 FR at 
48760; Unified Patents, Inc. v. Dragon Intellectual Prop., LLC, Case 
IPR2014-01252 (PTAB Feb. 12, 2015) (Paper 37) (A non-party does not 
become a real party-in-interest or privy solely because it is a member 
of a trade association or joint defense group.). The Office also 
encourages the parties to confer on the issue of additional discovery 
early in the proceeding, and attempt to reach an agreement on a 
reasonable amount of information to exchange, so that the issue may be 
resolved promptly and efficiently. See 37 CFR 42.51(b)(2) (``The 
parties may agree to additional discovery between themselves.'').
    Comment 3: A few comments suggested that patent owners should be 
able to discover information concerning a real party-in-interest freely 
at any time. In contrast, several other comments urged the Office to 
limit discovery to that which is truly necessary, by applying the 
statutory standards for additional discovery.
    Response: As discussed above, the Office generally will permit a 
patent owner to raise a challenge regarding a real party-in-interest or 
privity at any time during a proceeding. The scope of discovery in AIA 
proceedings, however, differs significantly from the scope of discovery 
available under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure in district court 
proceedings. Because Congress intended AIA proceedings to be a quick 
and cost-effective alternative to litigation, the statute provides only 
limited discovery in trial proceedings before the Office. See 35 U.S.C. 
316(a)(5) and 326(a)(5); 37 CFR 42.51(b)(2) and 42.224. Under the 
current practice--applying these statutory standards--the Office 
frequently has granted discovery requests directed to real-party-in-
interest or privity information, where the requests were specific, 
narrowly tailored, and not unduly burdensome. See, e.g., Arris Group, 
Inc. v. C-Cation Techs., LLC, Case IPR2015-00635 (PTAB May 1, 2015) 
(Paper 10) (informative); Zerto, Inc. v. EMC Corp., Case IPR2014-01254 
(PTAB Nov. 25, 2014) (Paper 15); Gen. Elec. Co. v. Transdata, Inc., 
Case IPR2014-01380 (PTAB Nov. 12, 2014); Medtronic, Inc. v. Robert 
Bosch Healthcare Sys., Inc., Case IPR2014-00488 (PTAB Nov. 5, 2014); 
Samsung Elects. Co. v. Black Hills Media, LLC, Case IPR2014-00717 (PTAB 
Oct. 2, 2014); Atlanta Gas Light Co. v. Bennett Regulator Guards, Inc., 
Case IPR2013-00453 (PTAB Apr. 23, 2014) (Paper 40); RPX Corp. v. 
VirnetX Inc., Case IPR2014-00171 (PTAB Feb. 20, 2014) (Paper 33).
    Comment 4: One comment urged the Office to provide additional 
guidance regarding issues concerning real party-in-interest or privity, 
including specific questions and factors that petitioners should 
consider in determining what entities to identify, which would allow 
petitioners and patent owners to evaluate these issues early and in a 
more efficient manner.
    Response: The Office appreciates the interest in additional 
guidance on these complex issues. As the Supreme Court has instructed, 
however, whether an entity is a real party-in-interest is a highly fact 
dependent question that is not amenable to any bright-line test. Taylor 
v. Sturgell, 553 U.S. 880, 893-895 (2008). Whether a non-party is a 
real party-in-interest or privy for a trial proceeding before the 
Office is a highly fact dependent question that takes into account how 
courts generally have used the term to ``describe relationships and 
considerations sufficient to justify applying conventional principles 
of estoppel and preclusion.'' Office Patent Trial Practice Guide, 77 FR 
at 48759. The Office Patent Trial Practice Guide sets forth a detailed 
discussion on the relevant common law principles and Federal case law. 
Further helpful guidance is provided in recent Board decisions. See, 
e.g., Askeladden LLC v. Sean I. McGhie and Brian Buchheit, Case 
IPR2015-00122, slip op. at 3-16 (PTAB Mar. 6, 2015) (Paper 30); Zerto,

[[Page 50730]]

Inc. v. EMC Corp., Case IPR2014-01254, slip op. at 6-15 (PTAB Mar. 3, 
2015) (Paper 35); Aruze Gaming Macau, Ltd. v. MGT Gaming, Inc., Case 
IPR2014-01288, slip op. at 6-20 (PTAB Feb. 20, 2015); Unified Patents, 
Inc. v. Dragon Intellectual Prop., LLC, Case IPR2014-01252, slip op. at 
8-13 (PTAB Feb. 12, 2015) (Paper 37); GEA Process Eng'g, Inc. v. 
Steuben Foods, Inc., Case IPR2014-00041, slip op. at 3-26 (PTAB Dec. 
23, 2014) (Paper 140); Samsung Elecs. Co. v. Black Hills Media, LLC, 
Case IPR2014-00737, slip op. at 3-4 (PTAB Nov. 4, 2014) (Paper 7); 
First Data Corp. v. Cardsoft LLC, Case IPR2014-00715 (PTAB Oct. 17, 
2014); RPX Corp. v. VirnetX Inc., Case IPR2014-00171, slip op. at 6-10 
(PTAB July 14, 2014) (Paper 49); Alcon Research, Ltd. v. Dr. Joseph 
Neev, Case IPR2014-00217, slip op. at 6-7 (PTAB May 9, 2014) (Paper 
21); Zoll Lifecor Corp. v. Philips Elecs. N. Am. Corp., Case IPR2013-
00606, slip op. at 3-12 (PTAB Mar. 20, 2014) (Paper 13). The Office 
plans to add further discussion on this issue to the Office Patent 
Trial Practice Guide.
    Comment 5: A few comments recommended that the Office establish a 
rule or precedential opinion stating that the existence of a real 
party-in-interest and privity are determined based on the facts in 
existence at the time of petition filing.
    Response: Limiting the inquiry to the time of petition filing would 
undercut the core functions underlying the requirement to name all real 
parties-in-interest and privies. Those core functions include 
resolution of conflicts of interest and ensuring the proper application 
of statutory estoppel provisions--concerns that persist throughout the 
course of an AIA trial proceeding. See 35 U.S.C. 315(e)(1) (real party-
in-interest or privy of the petition may not ``request or maintain'' a 
proceeding); 35 U.S.C. 325(e)(1) (same). As real party-in-interest and 
privity issues are highly fact dependent, in certain situations the 
issue may involve supporting evidence that comes into existence after 
the filing of a petition. See, e.g., GEA Process Eng'g, Inc. v. Steuben 
Foods, Inc., Case IPR2014-00041 (PTAB Dec. 23, 2014) (Paper 140, Public 
Version) (finding that a non-party who paid the Petitioner's legal fees 
for the inter partes review is a real party-in-interest, and rejecting 
the argument that post-filing funds cannot retroactively change the 
facts as of the filing date, because ``[t]ypically, legal bills are 
billed and paid for after the services have been rendered''). 
Therefore, such bright-line rules as suggested by the comments would 
not be in the interest of justice and are not adopted.
    Comment 6: A comment urged the Office to permit petitioners to 
correct the identification of real parties-in-interest without 
affecting the filing date if a ``good faith attempt'' was made to 
satisfy 35 U.S.C. 312(a).
    Response: The statute requires a petition to identify all real 
parties-in-interest without qualification. See 35 U.S.C. 312(a); see 37 
CFR 42.8 and 42.104. In the situation where the failure to identify a 
real party-in-interest was a mere clerical error, the petitioner may 
correct the petition without affecting the filing date. See, e.g., 37 
CFR 42.104(c); Coleman Cable, LLC v. Simon Nicholas Richmond, Case 
IPR2014-00935 (PTAB Aug. 28, 2014) (Paper 12). The Office is unable, 
however, to allow for the correction of any other such errors without 
changing the filing date because of the statutory requirement.
    Comment 7: A comment urged the Office to confirm that the 
petitioner bears the burden of producing evidence that it has standing, 
as well as the burden of persuasion on the issue.
    Response: As discussed previously, additional discovery may be 
authorized where patent owner raises sufficient concerns regarding the 
petitioner's identification of real parties-in-interest. Several recent 
decisions have acknowledged that the ultimate burden of proof on the 
issue lies with the petitioner. See, e.g., Askeladden, slip op. at 8 
(Paper 30); Zerto, slip op. at 6-7 (Paper 35); Atlanta Gas Light Co. v. 
Bennett Regulator Guards, Inc., Case IPR2013-00453, slip op. at 6-8 
(PTAB Jan. 6, 2015) (Paper 88); Atlanta Gas Light Co. v. Bennett 
Regulator Guards, Inc., Case IPR2013-00453, slip op. at 2-7 (PTAB Feb. 
23, 2015) (Paper 91). This allocation of the burden acknowledges that a 
petitioner is more likely than a patent owner to be in possession of, 
or have access to, evidence relevant to the issue. Zerto, slip op. at 
6-7. The Office plans to add further discussion on this issue to the 
Office Patent Trial Practice Guide.

Multiple Proceedings

    The Office asked a series of questions relating to how multiple 
proceedings, such as an AIA trial, reexamination, or reissue 
proceeding, before the Office involving the same patent should be 
coordinated, including whether one proceeding should be stayed, 
transferred, consolidated, or terminated in favor of another. The 
questions are replicated below, followed by the comments responsive to 
those questions and the Office's responses to the comments.
    Question 7: How should multiple proceedings before the USPTO 
involving the same patent be coordinated? Multiple proceedings before 
the USPTO include, for example: (i) Two or more separate AIA trials; 
(ii) an AIA trial and a reexamination proceeding; or (iii) an AIA trial 
and a reissue proceeding? 79 FR at 36476.
    Comments: Multiple commenters recommended that the Board continue 
to exercise its discretion, on a case-by-case basis, to stay, transfer, 
consolidate, or terminate multiple proceedings involving the same 
patent claims. Several commenters urged the Board to consolidate 
multiple proceedings involving the same or related patents.
    Commenters urged the Board to manage multiple AIA proceedings by 
manipulating the dates for the patent owner's preliminary response. 
Several commenters suggested that the Board should delay the time 
period for filing the patent owner's preliminary response to a second 
petition, ``so as to effectively stay the filing of'' that response, 
until after the first-filed petition is resolved by termination or a 
final written decision. One commenter remarked that this effective stay 
of the time for filing the patent owner's preliminary response in a 
second proceeding is especially appropriate where the proceeding, 
instituted on the first-filed petition, is near completion.
    Another commenter proposed that, where a second petition is filed 
before the date on which the patent owner's preliminary response is 
filed in the first proceeding, the patent owner's preliminary response 
in the first proceeding should be reset to three months from the notice 
of filing date accorded the second petition. The commenter also urged 
that, under those circumstances, scheduling and briefing should be 
consolidated in the two proceedings. The same commenter proposed that 
the Board should stay all activity on a second petition that is filed 
after trial is instituted on a first petition.
    Several commenters proposed requiring petitioners, who file a 
petition challenging the same patent claims at issue in an earlier-
filed petition, to identify what issues were previously raised. 
Commenters also advocated requiring such petitioners to state whether 
they are amenable to joinder with the earlier proceeding. On that 
point, one commenter urged that duplicative petitions, filed after the 
deadline for joinder, ``should be terminated at an early stage to 
conserve Patent Owner costs and [Board] resources.'' Another commenter 
stated

[[Page 50731]]

that, ``[f]or consolidated AIA trials involving the same patent with at 
least one challenged claim in common, the current rules that the Board 
uses for joinder seem to be working well.'' Some commenters urged that 
duplicative petitions, filed outside the permissible period for 
joinder, should not be granted.
    Response: The current rules afford the Board broad discretion to 
manage multiple proceedings by tailoring the solution to the unique 
circumstances of each case and, thereby, optimizing efficiencies and 
promoting fair results in each case. See Prism Pharma Co. v. Choongwae 
Pharma Corp., IPR2014-00315 (PTAB July 8, 2014) (Paper 14) 
(informative) (denying institution of inter partes review based on 
second-filed petition that was based on the same prior art and same 
arguments previously considered by the Office during prosecution of the 
patent being challenged); Medtronic, Inc. v. Nuvasive, Inc., Case 
IPR2014-00487 (PTAB Sept. 11 2014) (Paper 8); Unified Patents, Inc. v. 
PersonalWeb Techs., LLC, Case IPR2014-00702 (PTAB July 24, 2014) (Paper 
13); Unilever, Inc. v. Procter & Gamble Co., Case IPR2014-00506 (PTAB 
July 7, 2014) (Paper 17); Medtronic, Inc. v. Robert Bosch Healthcare 
Systems, Inc., Case IPR2014-00436 (PTAB June 19, 2014) (Paper 17); 
Intelligent Bio-Systems, Inc. v. Illumina Cambridge Ltd., Case IPR2013-
00324 (PTAB Nov. 21, 2013); ZTE Corp. v. ContentGuard Holdings, Inc., 
Case IPR2013-00454 (PTAB Sept. 25, 2013) (Paper 12). The Board will 
continue to take into account the interests of justice and fairness to 
both petitioners and patent owners where multiple proceedings involving 
the same patent claims are before the Office.
    The Board also must consider its ability to meet the statutory 
deadlines imposed by Congress on AIA trials. The Board agrees with the 
commenters that the timing of the patent owner's preliminary response 
may be altered, when helpful and fair in an appropriate case. No rule 
change is needed to accomplish that goal.
    The Board has considered the comment that second petitioners should 
self-identify repetitive challenges, and state their amenability to 
joinder. As a practical matter, the Board is well-positioned to 
determine whether a second petition raises the same or substantially 
the same challenges presented in a first petition that is identified as 
a related matter. The Board is also adept at determining whether a 
grant of the second petition, with joinder, serves the interests of 
fairness, efficiency, and economy of process. In addition, pursuant to 
37 CFR 42.8(b)(2), petitioners are required to identify other 
proceedings involving the same challenged patent, and petitioners are 
encouraged to identify any substantive similarities with other 
proceedings in the petition. No rule change requiring petitioners to 
self-identify repetitive challenges is warranted at this time.
    The Board agrees with the commenters that a factor which may be 
relevant in appropriate cases is whether the petitioner in a later-
filed proceeding is amenable to joinder with an earlier-filed 
proceeding involving the same patent claims. See, e.g., Motorola 
Mobility LLC v. Softview LLC, IPR2013-00257 (PTAB June 20, 2013) (Paper 
10) (order granting joinder where a second petitioner neither 
introduced new grounds of unpatentability nor raised procedural issues 
that would delay the schedule set for the first proceeding). The Board 
will continue to take account of all factors, bearing on the propriety 
and feasibility of joinder, based on the particular facts of the 
involved proceedings.
    Based on the comments, the Office determines that the current rules 
provide a workable framework for the Board to manage multiple 
proceedings that involve the same patent claims. No revision of the 
rules for managing such proceedings is necessary at this time.
    Question 8: What factors should be considered in deciding whether 
to stay, transfer, consolidate, or terminate an additional proceeding 
involving the same patent after a petition for AIA trial has been 
filed? 79 FR at 36,476.
    Comments: Some commenters suggested that the Office promulgate new 
rules that define the factors that the Office will take into account 
when considering multiple petitions directed to the same patent claims. 
Commenters advocated for the application of a variety of factors, which 
fall into three main categories: (1) The impact on scheduling and the 
Office's ability to meet the deadlines imposed by Congress in AIA 
proceedings; (2) prejudice to the patent owner; and (3) prejudice to 
the petitioner.
    Response: The issues raised by Question 8 are closely related to 
the issues raised by Question 7. The interests of fairness, speed, 
efficiency, and economy are served by retaining the Office's ability to 
balance the competing interests of the petitioner and patent owner, 
where multiple petitions are filed that challenge the same patent 
claims. Managing multiple petitions demands highly fact-specific 
inquiries, and the Office requires broad discretion to craft results 
that are tailored to the particular circumstances presented in each 
case. The Office agrees with the comments that recognize the issues 
raised by multiple petitions are best resolved on a case-by-case basis.
    The Office recognizes that approaching each case on its own facts 
raises consistency concerns that could be ameliorated by identifying a 
set of factors that apply in all cases. The Office agrees with the 
comments, however, suggesting that the interests, which bear on the 
propriety of a stay, transfer, consolidation, or termination where 
multiple proceedings are directed to the same patent claims, are best 
served by allowing the constellation of relevant factors to evolve 
gradually, tethered to the facts of individual cases. A restrained 
evolution, on a case-by-case basis, promotes fair and rational results 
in each case, and equips the Office with necessary flexibility to 
customize resolutions suitable for each particular case. The Office 
will develop relevant factors, tethered to specific facts raised in 
particular cases, through its body of case law. Given the still-
evolving nature of AIA proceedings, the Office believes that this 
gradual approach is prudent and preferred over a premature attempt to 
establish a rule or factors divorced from particular facts raised in a 
particular case, which may not address the relevant concerns in every 
case. The Office plans to add further discussion on this issue to the 
Office Patent Trial Practice Guide.
    Question 9: Under what circumstances, if any, should a copending 
reexamination proceeding or reissue proceeding be stayed in favor of an 
AIA trial? If a stay is entered, under what circumstances should the 
stay be lifted? 79 FR at 36476.
    Comments: The Office received comments in favor of staying a 
copending reissue or reexamination. Commenters proposed that a stay for 
copending proceedings be determined on a case-by-case basis, with other 
commenters proposing that the stay be imposed upon institution of trial 
on the same patent. Another commenter proposed that a copending reissue 
or reexamination be stayed automatically, unless there was a showing of 
``good cause,'' which includes factors such as avoiding: (a) 
Inconsistent decisions by the Office; (b) duplicative work for the 
Board; and (c) disruption to the trial schedule. Other factors to 
consider in granting a stay, according to another commenter, include 
the statutory deadlines of the proceeding, the issues raised in the 
multiple proceedings, the parties involved, the likelihood of a reissue 
application being granted, and whether the decision adversely affects a 
party's ability to reach a timely

[[Page 50732]]

conclusion on a patentability issue. Another commenter provided 
additional factors to consider in granting a stay, such as the stage 
where amendments are possible, whether claim construction is 
inconsistent with the claim construction applied during trial, and 
agreement of the parties regarding a stay.
    For those commenters favoring a stay, the circumstances regarding 
when a stay should be lifted ranged from the rendering of a final 
written decision to when appeal to the Federal Circuit has been 
exhausted. Other commenters have requested that the Office clarify that 
it will not terminate the reexamination or reissue once the final 
written decision issues, so that a patent owner may pursue claim 
amendments in those proceedings.
    In the circumstances when a copending reexamination or reissue is 
not stayed and when there is no overlap of claims involved in the 
copending proceedings and the instituted trial, a commenter stated that 
the Office should preclude the presentation of new amended claims in 
the copending proceedings involving the same patent because a 
``sequential,'' rather than a ``simultaneous,'' evaluation of the 
claims is consistent with the legislative history of the AIA.
    Other commenters proposed that the Office consider allowing the 
reexamination and reissue to continue in parallel with or before the 
instituted trial. One commenter stressed that the purpose of a reissue 
is to correct errors, and therefore the remedial nature of the 
proceeding counsels against waiting for a trial to conclude. The same 
commenter offered that staying a reexamination is unjust to the patent 
owner because reexaminations are given ``special dispatch'' under 35 
U.S.C. 305, a statutory requirement that remained unchanged with the 
passage of the AIA. Because in an instituted trial only one amendment 
is allowed by motion, the same commenter stated that a stay would 
preclude examination of claims amended in a reexamination or reissue to 
address the newly cited prior art or correct an error that was not 
present or addressed during the original examination of the patent. In 
particular, one commenter stressed that a reexamination should be 
allowed to run its course, and in any event, because an AIA proceeding 
would replace reexamination, copending AIA and reexamination would not 
be a problem much longer.
    In the event a reexamination is not stayed, one commenter suggested 
that the Board's claim construction should be applied in the 
reexamination, or briefing on claim construction for the reexamination 
should be allowed in light of the claim construction involved in the 
trial.
    Response: The Office has been determining whether to stay a 
reexamination or reissue on a case-by-case basis, and agrees with the 
commenters advocating that various factors should be considered, 
including the overlap of issues presented in the copending proceeding 
and the stage of the copending proceeding to avoid duplicative work for 
the Office. See, e.g., Kaiser Aluminum v. Constellium Rolled Prods. 
Ravenswood, LLC, IPR2014-01002 (PTAB Feb. 19, 2015) (Paper 25) (denying 
request to stay a reexamination on the same patent and some of the same 
references because the proceeding involved evidence different from the 
evidence presented in the inter partes review (IPR) and the 
reexamination was not sufficiently underway such that it would conclude 
before a final decision would issue in the IPR); Chicago Mercantile 
Exch., Inc. v. 5th Market, Inc., CBM2014-00114 (PTAB Jan. 9, 2015) 
(Paper 20) (denying request to stay copending reexamination because 
claims amended in reexamination were not at issue in the instituted 
covered business method review, where Patent Owner did not file a 
motion to amend, and finding that parallel proceedings would not result 
in duplication of efforts at the Office because the instant proceedings 
did not involve a complete overlap of claims); Geortek, Inc. v. Knowles 
Elecs., LLC, IPR2013-00614 (PTAB Nov. 13, 2013) (Paper 11) (granting 
Patent Owner's motion to stay copending reexamination that had been 
ongoing for three years where Patent Owner argued that stay would 
prevent inconsistent results with regard to potential amendments of the 
same claims challenged in the inter partes review); Google, Inc. v. 
Grandeye, Ltd., IPR2013-00548 (PTAB Sept. 30, 2013) (Paper 7) (granting 
unopposed motion to stay copending reexamination by Patent Owner 
because concurrent proceedings would duplicate efforts within the 
Office and could potentially result in inconsistencies among the 
proceedings, especially in light of amendments of the challenged claims 
in the reexamination).
    The Office is not proposing changes at this time to the Rules or to 
the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide to give guidance regarding the 
timing on lifting a stay or how to proceed in a copending reexamination 
or reissue that is not stayed. These determinations have been 
proceeding appropriately on a case-by-case basis, noting, among many 
factors, the impact of the concurrent reexamination on the trial and 
whether the trial has concluded. See, e.g., GEA Process Eng'g, Inc. v. 
Steuben Foods, Inc., IPR2014-00043 (PTAB Feb. 19, 2015) (Paper 121) 
(ordering lift of stay of a copending reexamination after the trial was 
terminated and timing for filing a request for rehearing had expired, 
and ordering that Patent Owner provide a copy of the Decision on 
Institution to the Central Reexamination Unit for consideration in 
light of alleged inconsistencies); Gnosis S.p.A. v. Merck & CIE, 
IPR2014-00117 (PTAB Feb. 5, 2015) (Paper 74) (ordering lift of stay of 
a copending reexamination after issue of a final written decision, and 
in consideration of the following: (1) The reexamination involved 
overlapping claims; (2) Patent Owner did not amend claims involved in 
inter partes review; (3) added claims were alleged to be narrower in 
scope; and (3) Examiner in the reexamination had issued a final 
rejection); Avaya Inc. v. Network-1 Sec. Solutions, Inc., IPR2013-
00071, slip op. at 31-32 (PTAB May 22, 2014) (Paper 103) (lifting stay, 
sua sponte and after final written decision issued, of a reexamination 
involving a non-asserted claim and different prior art presented in the 
inter partes review).
    The Office will continue to determine, on the facts of each case in 
which there is a copending reexamination or reissue, whether a stay is 
warranted or a stay should be lifted under the circumstances of each 
case.
    Question 10: Under what circumstances, if any, should an AIA trial 
be stayed in favor of a copending reexamination proceeding or reissue 
proceeding? If a stay is entered, under what circumstances should the 
stay be lifted? 79 FR at 36476.
    Comments: The Office received comments in favor of not staying AIA 
trials in favor of a copending reexamination or reissue. One reason 
provided for not staying the trial is that statutory deadlines apply to 
the trials. One commenter observed an exception that may warrant a stay 
of AIA proceedings, i.e., to account for when the copending 
reexamination or reissue was not stayed and a new claim is about to 
issue. In that circumstance, the commenter suggested that a limited 
stay should be granted to allow a petitioner to raise the new claim in 
the pending trial. Another commenter also stated that limited 
circumstances may warrant a stay, such as when the copending 
reexamination is in the late stages of appeal and there is significant 
overlap in claims between the trial and the copending proceeding. This 
same commenter stressed that if the parties agree that patentability 
should be

[[Page 50733]]

determined first in the reexamination, a stay of the trial may be 
warranted.
    Other comments favored the request for and grant of a stay of the 
trial in favor of the copending reexamination or reissue. One commenter 
noted that such a stay should be granted when the copending 
reexamination or reissue is near completion, and another commenter 
stressed that the stay may be implemented before the trial is 
instituted such that the statutory deadlines are not impacted.
    Another commenter provided that denial of institution should result 
for grounds with claims that are at issue in a copending reexamination 
or reissue, where amended claims were filed in the copending proceeding 
before the deadline for the Board to determine institution. To clarify 
whether the Board would have jurisdiction over such a trial, the same 
commenter advocated revising the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide to 
include clarification regarding the timing on when a notice of intent 
to issue a reexamination certificate or notice of allowance of a 
reissue would be effective.
    Response: The Office will continue to proceed with the 
determination whether to institute trial on a case-by-case basis with 
no delay of the proceedings unless warranted by the facts or 
circumstances of the case. See, e.g., Intromedic Co., Ltd. v. Given 
Imaging Ltd., Case IPR2015-00579 (PTAB Aug. 5, 2015) (Paper 9) (denying 
institution of review because the only claim being challenged by 
Petitioner has been amended in the copending reexamination, and the 
advanced stage of the reexamination involving the same parties); 
Juniper Networks, Inc. v. Linex Techs., Inc., IPR2014-00595 (PTAB Sept. 
26, 2014) (Paper 19) (denying institution of inter partes review 
because a Reexamination Certificate in a copending reexamination had 
issued and reexamination had concluded with all original claims amended 
and new claims issued). The Office agrees with the commenters that 
stress that a statutory deadline does not favor staying trials in favor 
of a copending reexamination or reissue, which have no statutory 
deadlines. See, e.g., Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC v. Velocity Patent, LLC, 
IPR2015-00290 (PTAB Jan. 21, 2015) (Paper 9) (denying authorization for 
motion to stay inter partes review in favor of a copending 
reexamination because the argument that new claims would issue there 
first and inter partes review would be amended to include those claims 
were not sufficient reasons to lengthen the pendency of the inter 
partes review, which is designed to secure the just, speedy, and 
inexpensive resolution of the dispute); see also American Simmental 
Assn. v. Leachman Cattle of Co., LLC, PGR2015-00003 (PTAB Dec. 14, 
2014) (Paper 4) (denying request to stay institution of post-grant 
review (PGR) in favor of pending reissue because of the status of the 
PGR, Patent Owner had not sought amendment or cancellation of the 
claims challenged in the PGR, and the Office had not taken any 
substantive action on the reissue application).
    At this time, the Office does not propose changes to the Rules or 
the Trial Practice Guide to list specific circumstances under which a 
party may show that a stay of either a decision on institution or a 
trial may be appropriate. The Office will continue to decide motions to 
stay proceedings according to the facts and circumstances of each case.
    Question 11: Under what circumstances, if any, should a copending 
reexamination proceeding or reissue proceeding be consolidated with an 
AIA trial? 79 FR at 36477.
    Comments: The Board received several comments concerning the 
circumstances under which a copending reexamination or reissue should 
be consolidated with an AIA trial. Those circumstances fall roughly 
into two categories. The first category of comments indicated that 
consolidation of an AIA trial with copending reexaminations or reissues 
was impractical and that rules requiring such consolidation could, in 
some cases, prejudice patent owners. The second category of comments 
provided several factors that should be considered and weighed by the 
Board in determining whether to consolidate such proceedings. Those 
factors included: (1) Type of additional proceeding; (2) time between 
filing date of initial proceeding and additional proceeding; (3) stage 
of initial proceeding; (4) duration of additional proceeding; (5) scope 
of each proceeding; (6) third party filers (same, different); (7) 
relation between third party filer of additional proceeding and filer 
of initial proceeding; (8) number of total proceedings filed against 
the patent; (9) whether the additional proceeding is a reexamination: 
ex parte reexamination should not be transferred to PTAB because patent 
owner would lose certain procedural mechanisms such as ability to 
interview case; (10) whether pending district court litigation has been 
stayed pending resolution of the reexamination; (11) whether validity 
of claims at issue in AIA trial is currently on appeal to the Federal 
Circuit; (12) express interests of the parties in the proceedings; (13) 
issues raised in the different proceedings; (14) ability of Board to 
reach a timely conclusion of a patentability issue in any proceeding; 
and (15) saving of costs and resources gained by the parties and the 
Board by consolidation, for example, by coordination of procedures 
common to the proceedings.
    Response: The Office appreciates the comments and has been 
considering the above factors, among others, in deciding requests to 
consolidate a copending reexamination or reissue with AIA trials. See, 
e.g., Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC et al. v. Velocity Patent LLC, Case 
IPR2014-01247 (PTAB Dec. 15, 2014) (Paper 12) (denying Petitioner's 
request to file a motion to consolidate AIA trial proceeding with a 
related reexamination, where the only claims at issue in the AIA trial 
proceeding were added in the reexamination, and Patent Owner cancelled 
those claims in the reexamination); GEA Process Engineering, Inc. v. 
Steuben Food, Inc., Case IPR2014-00041, slip. op. at 3-5 (PTAB Dec. 6, 
2013) (Paper 13) (denying Petitioner's motion to consolidate AIA trial 
proceeding with a related reexamination, where Patent Owner stipulated 
to not amend claims in the related reexamination); GEA Process 
Engineering, Inc. v. Steuben Food, Inc., Case IPR2014-00051, slip. op. 
at 2-3 (PTAB Dec. 6, 2013) (Paper 12) (denying as moot Petitioner's 
motion to consolidate AIA trial proceeding with a related 
reexamination, where the reexamination had terminated and the 
reexamination certificate had issued). The Office agrees with the 
commenters who noted that there are many difficulties in consolidating 
copending reexaminations or reissues with AIA trials, and that all 
relevant factors, including but not limited to those set forth above, 
should be taken into consideration. The Office has performed similar 
analyses weighing a myriad of factors in analogous contexts, for 
example, in determining whether to stay a copending reexamination or 
reissue in favor of an AIA trial, or vice versa. See, e.g., Responses 
to Questions 9 and 10 set forth above.
    The Office does not propose to change the Rules or the portion of 
the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide pertaining to consolidation of a 
copending reexamination or reissue with AIA trials at this time. The 
Office will continue to determine on the facts of each case, in which 
consolidation is requested, whether a particular request sets forth 
facts sufficient to warrant consolidation of a copending reexamination 
or reissue with AIA trials.
    Question 12: How should consolidated proceedings be handled

[[Page 50734]]

before the USPTO? Consolidated proceedings include, for example: (i) 
Consolidated AIA trials; (ii) an AIA trial consolidated with a 
reexamination proceeding; or (iii) an AIA trial consolidated with a 
reissue proceeding? 79 FR at 36477.
    Comments: The Office received comments suggesting ways in which 
consolidated proceedings should be conducted. Suggestions included: (1) 
Multiple AIA trials concerning the same (or related) patents (or 
parties) should be consolidated or handled by the same panel; (2) 
consolidated proceedings should follow the district court model with 
the same schedule applying to the proceedings; (3) a petitioner should 
be required to select a single lead and backup counsel, but taking into 
consideration the interests of the parties, in some circumstances the 
Board may determine coordination should not be required; and (4) panels 
should consider adjusting page limits in cases where different parties 
may be asserting different positions.
    Response: The Office agrees with the commenters that conducting 
consolidated proceedings in the manner set forth in the comments above 
may be appropriate. The Board has consolidated inter partes reviews 
involving the same parties and the same patent into a single proceeding 
where appropriate. See Ford Motor Co. v. TMC Fuels Injection System, 
LLC, Case IPR2014-00272 (PTAB Jun 26, 2014) (Paper 12) (consolidating 
IPR2014-00272, which was instituted on challenges under 35 U.S.C. 103, 
with IPR2014-00273, which was instituted on different challenges to the 
same claims under 35 U.S.C. 102 and 103 in which some of the applied 
references were common to both proceedings). In some cases where 
different parties have been joined to a proceeding, the panel has 
provided opportunities for limited additional briefing on issues where 
the petitioners may take different positions. See, e.g., Motorola 
Mobility LLC v. Softview LLC, Case IPR2013-00257 (PTAB June 20, 2013) 
(Paper 10) (joining proceeding to IPR2013-00004 and providing for 
consolidated filings and limited separate filings by Petitioners on 
points of disagreement only).
    The Office received a further comment that claim amendments should 
be allowed if an AIA trial is consolidated with a copending 
reexamination or reissue. The Office notes that claim amendments are 
available currently in all of these proceedings. Insofar as the 
commenter may be suggesting that all claim amendments be entered as a 
matter of right in a consolidated proceeding, the Office disagrees, and 
instead leaves entry of claim amendments to be determined by the panel 
conducting the consolidated proceeding in accordance with the statutory 
and regulatory framework applicable to each of the proceedings.
    Some commenters suggested that the Board has coordinated and should 
continue coordinating schedules of multiple related proceedings without 
formally consolidating the proceedings, for example, so as to allow 
different petitioners flexibility to pursue different arguments and to 
allow patent owner all of its allotted pages to respond to those 
different arguments. The Office has been coordinating schedules of 
multiple related proceedings without formally consolidating the 
proceedings, on a case-by-case basis, and agrees with the commenters 
that such practices should be continued, as appropriate. See, e.g., 
Taiwan Semiconductor Mfg. Co., Ltd. v. Zond, LLC, Case IPR2014-001089, 
slip. op. at 2-3 (PTAB Feb. 2, 2015) (Paper 17) (setting forth 
procedure for consolidated trial schedule, filings, and discovery in 
multiple related proceedings). The Board has also coordinated hearings 
in related cases and has scheduled hearings in related cases to occur 
on consecutive days in related cases. See Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. 
v. Black Hills Media, LLC, Case IPR2014-00709 (PTAB Dec. 10, 2014) 
(summary of initial conference during which it was decided that 
IPR2014-00709, -00711, and -00718 would be heard together, IPR2014-
00737 and -00740 would be heard together, IPR2014-00718 and -00721 
would be heard together, and IPR2014-00717 and -00735 would be heard 
together, on consecutive days). See, e.g., Responses to Question 7 set 
forth above.
    The Office does not propose to change the Rules or the portion of 
the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide pertaining to handling of 
consolidated proceedings. The Office will continue to determine based 
on a case-by-case basis the proper manner in which such consolidated 
proceedings should be handled.
    Question 13: Under what circumstances, if any, should a petition 
for an AIA trial be rejected because the same or substantially the same 
prior art or arguments previously were presented to the USPTO in a 
different petition for an AIA trial, in a reexamination proceeding or 
in a reissue proceeding? 79 FR at 36477.
    Comments: The Board received many comments in favor of denying AIA 
petitions that raise the same or substantially the same prior art or 
arguments that were raised in an earlier-filed petition, whether raised 
by the same or a different petitioner. One commenter stated that the 
Board ``should aggressively exercise'' its discretion to deny 
cumulative or overlapping grounds in multiple proceedings, ``even when 
different parties file petitions.'' Some commenters advocated denial of 
serial petitions filed by the same real party-in-interest. Other 
commenters stated that the Board should consolidate multiple petitions 
where feasible.
    Several commenters suggested a general policy of ``one and done'' 
to duplicative petitions, to prevent harassment of patent owners, 
minimize costs, and ensure quiet title of patent rights. Those same 
commenters also recommended that the citation of new art in a 
subsequent petition should create a rebuttable presumption that 
substantially the same prior art or arguments are not raised in that 
petition. Commenters also urged the Board to apply principles of 
redundancy, across different petitions, to deny duplicative grounds 
raised in later-filed petitions.
    Other commenters stated that ``[t]he Board should treat each 
petition independently,'' and that a different petitioner, not in 
privity with the first petitioner, should be permitted to raise the 
same prior art in a subsequent petition. Some commenters proposed that 
duplicative petitions should not be denied where arguments in a later-
filed petition differ in scope from those presented in an earlier-filed 
petition. Another commenter, by contrast, proposed a rule of 
``horizontal stare decisis'' that would require treating a first 
decision on patentability as ``binding law of the case'' in subsequent 
proceedings, challenging the same patent claims, based on the same or 
substantially the same prior art or arguments.
    Response: The Office has and will continue to balance the interests 
of petitioners, who seek to present new prior art and arguments in a 
later-filed petition, against patent owners' interest in preventing 
harassment that takes the form of repetitive, serial petitions that 
challenge the same patent claims. The Office is best able to balance 
those competing interests by approaching multiple petitions, which may 
raise the same or substantially the same prior art or arguments against 
the same patent claims, on a case-by-case basis, taking into account 
the unique facts and relative equities raised in each particular 
proceeding.
    The comments do not suggest a need for a rule change at this time. 
The current rules provide the Board with broad discretion adequate to 
take all

[[Page 50735]]

relevant factors into account, when deciding whether to proceed on a 
petition that challenges the same patent claims at issue in an earlier-
filed petition. Nor is a rule change necessary to enumerate the factors 
that the Board may take into account when making case-specific 
determinations, regarding the degree of overlap between the prior art 
and arguments raised in multiple petitions. The Office believes that 
the Board's current practice should continue to allow those factors to 
develop in its growing body of case law, tethered to the facts of 
particular proceedings, with such decisions of the Board providing 
guidance to practitioners.
    Issued decisions already provide useful guidance in that regard. 
The Board has considered many factors, including, for example: (1) The 
degree of overlap between the prior art and arguments raised in the 
multiple petitions; (2) the identity of the petitioner in the later-
filed proceeding; (3) whether the petitioner in the later-filed 
proceeding uses a prior decision on institution as a roadmap to refine 
and recycle arguments presented in an earlier-filed petition; (4) 
whether the circumstances surrounding the later-filed petition raises 
the specter of patent owner harassment; and (5) whether granting the 
later-filed petition is in the interests of justice. See, e.g., ZTE 
Corp. v. ContentGuard Holdings Inc., IPR2013-00454 (PTAB Sept. 25, 
2013) (Paper 12) (informative) (denying institution of inter partes 
review of a patent based on substantially the same prior art and same 
arguments presented previously in an earlier-filed petition filed by 
the same Petitioner for which institution was in-part denied, and 
citing 35 U.S.C. 325(d), to determine that ``[a] decision to institute 
review on some claims should not act as an entry ticket, and a how-to 
guide, for the same Petitioner who filed an unsuccessful joinder 
motion, and is outside of the one-year statutory period, for filing a 
second petition to challenge those claims which it unsuccessfully 
challenged in the first petition''); Medtronic, Inc. v Robert Bosch 
Healthcare Systems, Inc., IPR2014-00436 (PTAB June 19, 2014) (Paper 17) 
(informative) (denying institution of inter partes review where 
petition was based on redundant prior art and substantially the same 
arguments that were presented previously in an earlier-filed petition 
challenging the same patent and filed by a different Petitioner, but 
where the Petitioner in the later-filed case acknowledged that it was a 
real party-in-interest in the earlier-filed proceeding, due to its 
acquisition of the Petitioner in the earlier-filed proceeding); 
Unilever v. Procter & Gamble Co., IPR2014-00506 (PTAB July 7, 2014) 
(Paper 17) (informative) (denying institution of inter partes review 
based on a later-filed petition, filed by same Petitioner and on same 
patent as an earlier-filed petition, where the later-filed petition 
attempted to correct deficiencies in the earlier-filed petition for 
claims for which earlier trial was not instituted); Dell Inc. v. 
Electronics and Telecomms. Res. Inst., Case IPR2015-00549 (PTAB March 
26, 2015) (Paper 10); Zimmer Holdings, Inc. v. Bonutti Skeletal 
Innovations LLC, Case IPR2014-01080 (PTAB Oct. 31, 2014) (Paper 17); 
Prism Pharma Co., Ltd. v. Choongwae Pharma Corp., Case IPR2014-00315 
(PTAB July 8, 2014) (Paper 14).
    The Office recognizes that a ``one and done'' approach to multiple 
petitions may favor patent owners by diminishing the opportunity for 
harassment and ensuring some certainty for patent rights. In that 
regard, the Board already has applied its broad discretion to curtail 
multiple challenges against a patent as described above.
    The competing interests of fairness to petitioners and the public 
interest, however, favor retaining the Office's discretion to grant or 
deny multiple petitions, rather than imposing a rigid rule that would 
require denial and, in effect, bind all potential challengers to the 
outcome of a first-filed petition, regardless of the facts and equities 
that surround the filing of the subsequent petitions.
    The Office also acknowledges that petitioners may benefit from a 
``rebuttable presumption'' that would render inapplicable the 
provisions of section 325(d), where a subsequent petition raises even 
one prior art reference that was not raised in the first-filed 
petition. Such an approach, however, unfairly would provide petitioners 
a fail-safe mechanism for avoiding the provisions of the statute, by 
filing serial petitions that add a single new reference to support the 
same grounds raised in an earlier petition. Such an approach fails to 
take into account the unfairness, including the potential for 
harassment, to patent owners when ``substantially the same'' prior art 
is raised sequentially against the same patent claims. The Office's 
discretion to grant or deny subsequent petitions, by viewing all 
relevant circumstances as a whole, on a case-by-case basis, is 
preferable to setting down a rigid rule.
    Within the existing framework of the statute and rules, the Office 
has discretion to consider the relative scope of the challenges raised 
in multiple petitions. If a petition raises challenges that are based 
on the same or substantially the same prior art as a prior petition, 
but advances arguments of different scope, the Office has discretion to 
deny or grant the second petition based on the totality of facts 
presented in the case. A rule of ``horizontal stare decisis'' would, 
therefore, abolish the Board's discretion, especially where two cases 
do not present the same facts or identical considerations.
    The Office will to continue to apply the existing framework, based 
on discretion to customize a result based on the facts and equities of 
each case. No rule changes are indicated at this time.

Extension of One Year Period To Issue a Final Determination

    The Office asked, ``What circumstances should constitute a finding 
of good cause to extend the 1-year period for the Board to issue a 
final determination in an AIA trial?'' 79 FR at 36477.
    Comments: The Office received comments in favor of the current 
strict adherence to the one-year statutory period and advocating that 
the granting of extensions should be rare. Many of these commenters 
stated that the Office should ``continue to strive for completion of 
each trial in one year,'' the ``good cause'' bar should be very high, 
and extensions of the deadline should be ``rare'' and used only ``in 
the most extreme circumstances'' such as ``where unforeseen 
circumstances make it impossible to complete proceedings in a fair 
manner.'' These same commenters stressed that ``one of the most 
important benefits of [these proceedings]'' and ``a major driver in the 
widespread adoption of the AIA procedures'' is that the Office renders 
a decision within one year. The commenters warned about eviscerating 
these benefits by a ``systematic extension of the one-year period.''
    The Office also received comments advocating that the Office make 
more generous use of the option to extend the one-year statutory period 
under certain circumstances. For example, commenters proposed that an 
extension of the one-year deadline would be appropriate under the 
following circumstances: (1) ``where a comparative test(s) are deemed 
necessary;'' (2) where there is ``delay by the party not seeking the 
extension;'' (3) ``if there is a later-filed AIA proceeding on the same 
patent that will not reach a final decision until after the first 
proceeding is concluded;'' (4) ``where

[[Page 50736]]

additional discovery is sought . . . in regard to secondary 
considerations or real party in interest;'' (5) ``in situations in 
which more time is needed to consider amended claims;'' and (6) ``where 
an irreplaceable, key participant becomes unexpectedly unavailable.''
    Many commenters also suggested that an extension would be 
appropriate in complex cases ``in the interests of justness, fairness 
to the parties'' and ``to conduct a full and fair review of the 
record.'' The commenters described examples of complex cases as 
including: (1) ``where there is a complex situation with multiple 
proceedings;'' (2) when ``the [Patent] Owner is involved in multiple 
proceedings simultaneously;'' (3) ``when an invention is particularly 
complex;'' (3) ``where multiple AIA trials are consolidated or 
joined;'' (4) ``where there are a large number of parties involved;'' 
and (5) ``where the trial involves complicated discovery issues.''
    Response: The Office will continue to strive to meet the one-year 
statutory time period for trial. By striving to meet the one-year 
statutory time period in most cases, the Office safeguards a core 
function of the administrative process as a speedy alternative to 
district court litigation. The Office does not propose to change the 
rules pertaining to the one-year pendency from institution-to-decision 
to provide for specific circumstances under which ``good cause'' may be 
shown. The Board will continue to determine on the facts of each case, 
in which an extension is requested, whether a particular request sets 
forth facts sufficient to meet the ``good cause'' standard to extend 
the one-year statutory deadline to complete a trial. The Office 
proposes, however, to revise the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide to 
provide examples of instances in which an extension of the one-year 
statutory period may be warranted. These examples will not be an 
exclusive list.

Oral Hearing

    The Office asked, ``Under what circumstances, if any, should live 
testimony be permitted at the oral hearing? What changes, if any, 
should be made to the format of the oral hearing?'' 79 FR at 36477.
    Comment 1: Several commenters asked the Board to be more willing to 
permit live testimony of declarants. Some suggested that live testimony 
be considered when requested or when the issues turn on conflicting 
expert testimony. Others commented that live testimony is rarely needed 
in AIA trials and the format of oral hearings should not change. One 
party suggested establishing a reasonable time limit when live 
testimony is permitted.
    Response: The Office will continue its present practice of 
considering requests for oral hearings on a case-by-case basis. Thus 
far, the Office has authorized and granted one such motion requesting 
oral testimony. See K-40 Electronics, LLC v. Escort, Inc., Case 
IPR2013-00203 (PTAB May 21, 2014) (Paper 34). The Office does not 
expect that oral testimony will be required in every case where there 
is conflicting testimony. When requested by the parties, however, and 
where the panel believes oral testimony will be helpful in making a 
determination, the Office will permit oral testimony. The format for 
presenting live testimony is left to the discretion of the panel.
    Comment 2: Two commenters suggested that the Office should revise 
the definition of ``hearing'' or ``trial'' to clarify that live 
testimony at the final hearing is part of an AIA trial.
    Response: The current definition of what constitutes a trial is 
intended to establish an endpoint for the receipt of evidence. Thus, 
unless otherwise authorized, no new evidence can be presented at the 
final oral hearing, as that would create surprise and be unfair to the 
party against whom the evidence is being offered. However, in the case 
of oral testimony at the final hearing, it is understood, and the Board 
will make clear at the hearing, that the testimony is evidence that 
becomes part of the record.
    Comment 3: Several commenters suggested that the Office should 
alter its format for final oral hearings to allow each party to reserve 
time for a main and rebuttal argument.
    Response: The comment is not adopted. The current format of oral 
hearings and the availability of rebuttal arguments are dictated by 
burdens of proof. Consequently, the petitioner, who has the burden of 
proving the challenged claims unpatentable, is permitted to rebut the 
patent owner's opposing argument on that issue. Likewise, a patent 
owner who presents argument on a motion to amend at final hearing is 
permitted to rebut petitioner's opposing argument on that issue. 
Providing a rebuttal to patent owner, as a matter of right, on 
unpatentablilty would disadvantage the party with the burden of proof. 
The Board, however, has broad discretion to conduct final oral hearings 
in a manner that is in the interests of justice.
    Comment 4: A commenter requested that the Office clarify whether 
the parties are limited to presenting argument on issues specified in 
the oral hearing request.
    Response: The comment is adopted. The Office will provide guidance 
on this issue in the FAQs on the PTAB Trials Web site and in the Office 
Patent Trial Practice Guide.
    Comment 5: A commenter requested that the Office provide the 
parties with additional days to permit exchange and conference on 
demonstratives.
    Response: The comment is adopted. The Office's rules for oral 
hearings are proposed to be modified to require the exchange of 
demonstratives seven business days before the final hearing date.
    Comment 6: A commenter requested that the Office revise its 
guidelines on the nature of demonstrative exhibits at oral argument to 
make them more ``relaxed.''
    Response: The comment is not adopted. The guidelines on 
demonstrative exhibits are intended to prevent a party from 
supplementing the record with additional evidence and arguments after 
the period for presenting evidence has ended.
    Comment 7: One commenter suggested upgrading technology resources 
so that hearings can be held in regional offices.
    Response: Currently, the Office is planning to upgrade its ability 
to hold hearings in regional offices.
    Comment 8: One commenter suggested that hearing rooms be open at 
least 30 minutes before the scheduled hearing time to allow the parties 
to organize themselves and connect any equipment to be used during the 
hearing.
    Response: The current Office practice is to open PTAB hearing rooms 
to the parties and public 30 minutes before the hearing is scheduled to 
start. The Office will continue this practice.
    Comment 9: A commenter advocated allowing a recess during oral 
argument to confer with an expert when there is a question of specific 
claim construction.
    Response: The panel hearing a final argument will evaluate a 
party's request for a recess on a case-by-case basis.
    Comment 10: A commenter suggested that all judges of a proceeding 
be available for multiple session final arguments.
    Response: This comment is adopted in part. Sometimes several 
related cases having different assigned panels are heard at the same 
time in a multi-session hearing. The Office ensures that, absent 
extenuating circumstances, the panel members assigned to a particular 
case are present at the session when that case is heard. The Office 
also encourages the panel members assigned to the related cases to be 
present for all

[[Page 50737]]

the sessions. Occasionally a scheduling conflict prevents a panel 
member from attending a session in a related case.

General Topics

    The Office asked, ``What other changes can and should be made in 
AIA trial proceedings? For example, should changes be made to the 
Board's approach to instituting petitions, page limits, or request for 
rehearing practice?'' 79 FR at 36477.
    Comment 1: Several comments suggested reduced filing fees for 
smaller businesses such as micro-entities and technology start-ups, 
especially those involved in litigation.
    Response: The Office does not adopt this proposal. The Office was 
not given authority to provide for small entity and micro-entity filing 
fee reduction for reviews under AIA. The current filing fee schedule, 
available at http://www.uspto.gov/learning-and-resources/fees-and-payment/uspto-fee-schedule, takes into account the costs and expenses 
for maintaining the operation of the Office, and in particular, the 
operation of the Board in conducting AIA proceedings.
    Comment 2: The Office received comments regarding the use of party 
confidential information produced under a protective order in parallel 
district court proceedings. Commenters expressed concern that such 
party confidential information may be submitted in an AIA proceeding by 
the opposing party where there is ``little incentive to . . . either 
limit the evidence to that which has a nexus to the challenged claims 
or to provide sufficient argument to maintain'' confidentiality. 
Commenters further suggested procedural safeguards whereby, prior to 
filing an opponent's confidential information, a party is required to: 
(1) Initiate a conference call with the Board; (2) identify the 
materials to be used; and (3) explain why there is a nexus between the 
evidence and the challenged claims. The same commenters recommended 
that, once the Board authorizes the filing of this evidence, the 
opponent be afforded an opportunity to explain why the evidence be 
maintained under seal.
    Additionally, some commenters suggested that Section 4(A)(i) and 
(ii) of the default protective order should be modified to place the 
burden on the party designating the information confidential to show 
good cause for maintaining the information under seal. Other commenters 
recommended that the default protective order be entered automatically, 
and that the parties request authorization to file a motion to modify 
the default protective order.
    Response: In promulgating the rules for the treatment of 
confidential information in an AIA proceeding, the Office attempted to 
strike the proper balance between protecting the discloser's 
confidential information and the rights of others to use that 
information. There is a strong public policy in favor of making 
information filed in an AIA proceeding open to the public, especially 
because the proceeding determines the patentability of claims in an 
issued patent and, therefore, affects the rights of the public. 
Nonetheless, if a party wishes the Board to consider truly sensitive 
information in making a patentability determination, the current rules 
provide a mechanism for the party to seek protection of that 
information from public disclosure by providing for motions to seal and 
the filing of a proposed protective order. 37 CFR 42.54.
    With respect to the specific situation identified by the commenters 
regarding the filing of an opponent's confidential information, the 
current rules provide mechanisms to maintain confidentiality of such 
information. For example, under Rule 42.14, information subject to a 
motion to seal is ``provisionally sealed on receipt of the motion and 
remain[s] so pending the outcome of the decision on the motion.'' 
Following the filing of the motion to seal, an opponent may contact the 
Board and raise concerns regarding the other party's motion and the 
confidentiality of the opponent's information while the information is 
provisionally sealed. Further, under Rule 42.54, if applicable, the 
Board may issue an order to protect a party or person from disclosing 
confidential information, including ``[f]orbidding the disclosure or 
discovery.'' Moreover, to the extent that confidential information may 
have been improperly filed, Rule 42.56 provides for the expungement of 
this information from the record.
    Additionally, a party need not wait for the filing of a motion to 
seal or proposed protective order to bring issues of confidentiality to 
the Board's attention. Parties are encouraged to discuss discovery 
matters, including the discovery of confidential information, early in 
proceedings to resolve potential disputes before these occur. These 
discovery matters include whether a protective order is necessary for 
the proceeding. The automatic entry of a protective order in every 
proceeding is not necessary, especially as the majority of evidence in 
these contested proceedings is non-confidential. Nevertheless, should 
the parties desire more or less protection than that provided by the 
default order in the Office Trial Practice Guide (Appendix B), the 
parties are always free to propose a stipulated protective order for 
consideration by the Board. The purpose of the default order is to 
encourage the parties to reach such agreements promptly, as lengthy 
disputes over complex protective order provisions are inconsistent with 
the legislative goal of providing a more efficient, less costly 
alternative to litigation. As always, if the parties are unable to come 
to agreement on any issue, the Board is available to provide guidance.
    In light of the above, the Office does not propose any rule change 
in response to these comments. However, the Office appreciates the 
comments directed to affording the ``opponent'' an opportunity to 
explain why the evidence is confidential and placing the burden on the 
designating party to show good cause in sealing the information. The 
Office agrees it is reasonable that the party designating information 
as confidential is in the better position of explaining that 
designation and bearing the burden of maintaining confidentiality. 
Accordingly, the Office will revise the protective order in the Office 
Trial Practice Guide to include language addressing this concern.
    Comment 3: Several commenters recommended the use of word count 
instead of page limits.
    Response: This comment is adopted for the petition, preliminary 
response, patent owner response, and petitioner's reply brief. For all 
other briefing, a page limitation will be maintained. This change will 
allow the Office to gain administrative efficiencies. For example, with 
the use of word counts for the main briefing for AIA proceedings, 
petitions will no longer be reviewed to determine if any claim charts 
contain argument. This will streamline administrative review of 
petitions and reduce the number of non-compliant petitions that require 
correction.
    Comment 4: One comment suggested that a petition page limit should 
be determined by the number of claims challenged to avoid the filing of 
multiple petitions on a single patent. Another comment has favored an 
alternative approach that provides automatic page extension tied to 
excess claim fees.
    Response: This comment is not adopted. Based on the Board's 
experience, considering solely the number of claims at issue to 
determine a page limit for a petition does not provide sufficient 
flexibility in a petition to present ``the precise relief requested'' 
and ``the reasons for the relief requested, including a detailed

[[Page 50738]]

explanation of the significance of the evidence including material 
facts, and the governing law, rules, and precedent'' as required under 
Rule 42.22(a). Although, the number of claims at issue may affect the 
length of a petition, more often, the page length is governed by the 
discussion of the substantive unpatentability issues presented. In the 
Board's experience, the substantive issues for multiple claims in the 
same patent involve similar discussions of technology, claim 
construction, and prior art references. The Office expects that the 
word limits for inter partes review petitions, covered business method 
patent review petitions, and post-grant review petitions will be 
sufficient in all but exceptional cases. Furthermore, petitioners may 
seek waiver of the word limits in appropriate circumstances. 37 CFR 
42.24(a)(2).
    Comment 5: The Office received several comments regarding the use 
of claim charts. One commenter suggested claim charts should be 
attached separately from a petition and should not count toward the 
page limit. Other commenters requested clarification on the permitted 
contents in claim charts. For example, one commenter suggests that 
claim charts only include quotations from and citations to the prior 
art. Another commenter suggested allowing citations to declarations in 
the claim chart to support arguments as long as the declaration does 
not ``bootstrap arguments not also presented in the briefing.''
    Response: In considering the use of claim charts, the Office has 
always been mindful of the concerns that claim charts may be used 
improperly by parties to circumvent page limits. Indeed, claim charts 
have been improperly used by parties to present attorney arguments and 
the incorporation by reference of evidence and arguments (e.g., copious 
citations to declarations) that would otherwise exceed the page limits 
if provided elsewhere in briefing. As explained in the Board's 
frequently asked questions, D12, ``[p]lacing one's argument and claim 
construction in a claim chart to circumvent the double spacing 
requirement is not permitted, and any such argument or claim 
construction may not be considered by the Board.'' Further, D12 
explains the ``Board previously accepted a few petitions with claim 
charts that included claim constructions, arguments, and explanations 
as to how the claim is unpatentable because the procedure for filing 
AIA petitions was new. However, correction is now required when a 
petition includes improper usage of claim charts.'' With the advent of 
the change from page limits to word count for the petition, patent 
owner preliminary response, patent owner response, and reply brief, 
however, a party could present its case by including argument in claim 
charts.
    Comment 6: Several comments proposed allowing petitioners to file a 
reply brief responsive to the patent owner's preliminary response. 
Commenters suggest that the ability to file a reply brief will provide 
a more complete record, reduce the burden on the Office, and reduce the 
number of requests for rehearing filed by petitioners. Another comment, 
however, contends this proposed practice at the preliminary stage of 
the review would afford petitioners an unfair advantage in including 
arguments in the reply not addressed in the petition.
    Response: The Office does not adopt the proposal of a petitioner's 
reply as of right in the pre-institution phase of an AIA review. Adding 
a reply as of right to the record at the preliminary stage would 
increase the burden on Office review by introducing additional 
arguments into the record not presented in the petition, which is the 
focus of the institution decision. Further, under Rule 42.5 the Office 
exercises discretion in administering the proceedings to balance the 
ideal of precise rules against the need for flexibility to achieve 
reasonably fast, inexpensive, and fair proceedings. Accordingly, the 
Board will continue to consider a petitioners' requests for filing 
reply briefs on a case-by-case basis, such as in response to 
testimonial evidence submitted by a patent owner in its preliminary 
response.
    Comment 7: Several comments proposed increased page limits for the 
petitioner's reply to patent owner's response. Other comments suggested 
allowing patent owners to file a surreply to the petitioner's reply to 
patent owner's response addressing new issues that appear in replies. 
Another comment proposed replacing the motion for observations with a 
surreply.
    Response: The Office has recently issued rules that adopt the 
proposed change for increasing the page limit of the petitioner's reply 
to twenty-five (25) pages. The Office does not adopt the other proposed 
changes regarding surreplies. The Office Patent Trial Practice Guide 
provides that ``a reply that raises a new issue or belatedly presents 
evidence will not be considered and may be returned.'' Thus, a surreply 
is not required to address new issues raised in a petitioner's reply 
because such new issues are not considered by the Board.
    Comment 8: Several comments advised against implementing mandatory 
settlement discussions that impact the statutory timeline for AIA 
proceedings. Other comments agreed with the Board's approach of 
encouraging but not requiring settlement discussions. Further comments 
advised that additional Board resources should not be expended on 
promoting settlement. Additionally, other commenters disagreed on 
whether a proceeding should be terminated following settlement.
    Response: The Office agrees with comments recommending the 
encouragement of settlement and often includes a meet-and-confer 
requirement in a Scheduling Order. Additionally, the Office notes that 
the extent of the Board's involvement in settlement discussions, if 
any, will be determined on a case-by-case basis, especially where the 
parties request such involvement.
    With respect to the issue of termination following settlement, 
current Rule 42.74 provides the Board with discretion to determine 
issues of unpatentability after a settlement in a proceeding. In the 
Board's experience, this rule allows the Board greater flexibility to 
balance the public interest in resolving issues of unpatentability with 
the need to efficiently allocate Board resources. Thus, the Office does 
not adopt any rule change.
    Comment 9: The Office received a number of comments suggesting that 
the Board designate more decisions as precedential or informative to 
improve consistency of Board decisions, although one commenter 
suggested that the Office should not announce policy changes 
inferentially, for example, by selectively publishing decisions as 
informative. One commenter suggested the assignment of an assistant 
chief judge to identify precedential and informative decisions, and the 
promulgation of a rule-based designation process. Another commenter 
advocated revising SOP 2 to streamline the designation process.
    Response: The Office does not adopt these changes. Standard 
Operating Procedure 2 (rev. 9) (``SOP 2'') provides that any member of 
the Board may recommend to the Chief Judge that an opinion be 
designated as precedential or informative. This procedure ensures that 
all members of the Board, and not just an assigned member, have the 
opportunity to nominate a case of which others may not be aware. 
Further, SOP 2 provides that parties to a proceeding or a third party 
member of the public may, within 60 days of issuance of an opinion, 
request that the opinion be

[[Page 50739]]

made precedential. This procedure further engages stakeholders in the 
process of maintaining consistency at the Board by bringing cases of 
interest to stakeholders to the Board's attention. Additionally, the 
Office does not adopt a rule-based approach given that SOP 2 provides 
clear and sufficient guidance on the procedures taken at the Board for 
the designation of cases as informative or precedential.
    Also, in addition to the informative and precedential decisions, 
the Board further provides a list of representative orders and 
decisions at http://www.uspto.gov/patents-application-process/appealing-patent-decisions/decisions-and-opinions/representative-orders. Although not informative or precedential, representative orders 
and decisions provide guidance on the Board's treatment of recurring 
issues in AIA proceedings. See Standard Operating Procedure 2 (Rev. 9) 
(explaining distinction between routine, representative, informative, 
and precedential), http://www.uspto.gov/sites/default/files/documents/sop2-revision-9-dated-9-22-2014.pdf.
    Comment 10: One commenter suggested that the Office Patent Trial 
Practice Guide should be updated periodically.
    Response: The Office is currently working on a revised Office 
Patent Trial Practice Guide that will be published with the final 
rulemaking for these proposed rules. The Office further expects 
revisions to the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide will be issued as 
needed in the future.
    Comment 11: Several commenters advocated improvements to the 
Board's Web site and docketing case system. Suggestions included the 
integration of the PTAB docketing system with Patent Application 
Information Retrieval (``PAIR''), improvements to Patent Review 
Processing System (``PRPS'') searching capabilities and user interface, 
and increased availability of statistics concerning AIA proceedings. 
One commenter suggested that all final written decisions should be 
uploaded into PAIR.
    Response: The Office has considered the commenters' suggestions and 
is working with vendors to improve PRPS and provide additional 
functionality such as searching in the case docketing system. With 
respect to integration with PAIR, after the issuance of a final written 
decision in an AIA proceeding, the final written decision also is 
uploaded into PAIR. In the Office's experience, this provides 
sufficient continuity of information between PRPS and PAIR. 
Additionally, the Office posts all final Board decisions to the 
Office's eFOIA site at http://e-foia.uspto.gov/Foia/PTABReadingRoom.jsp, and has endeavored to maintain up-to-date and 
archived statistics on AIA proceedings, available at http://www.uspto.gov/patents-application-process/patent-trial-and-appeal-board/statistics. Thus, at this time no changes to the availability of 
statistics or the underlying data are adopted.
    Comment 12: Several commenters expressed concern about the Office's 
practice of allowing institution based on some, but not all, of the 
grounds presented in a Petition. Commenters are concerned that because 
the decision on institution is not appealable, and any ground on a 
challenged claim that is not instituted is not reflected in the final, 
appealable decision, a petitioner has no redress for grounds on which 
the Office chooses to not institute. Also, one commenter suggested, 
allowing claim amendments for any ``challenged'' patent claim as 
contemplated by the AIA would be at odds with a practice where all 
challenged claims may not be in a trial. A commenter suggested shifting 
the redundancy determination to the final written decision, so that 
such a decision is appealable. One commenter stated that redundancy 
should not be applied where grounds are in different statutory classes, 
or when a reference can be sworn behind. Another commenter suggested 
requiring patent owner to submit a claim construction at the 
preliminary stage so that the Office could render a definitive 
construction in its decision on institution, subject to broadening in 
view of claim construction opinions in concurrent litigation, and avoid 
redundancy determinations between grounds under sections 102 and 103, 
that may prove during trial to be unduly constraining.
    Response: The Office appreciates the concerns expressed by the 
comments, but must balance these concerns with the workload in AIA 
proceedings and the statutory time constraints under which AIA review 
proceeding must be decided. In order to ensure a fair and efficient 
process to resolve reviews in a timely fashion, the Office uses partial 
institution as one tool to manage effectively AIA reviews. The Office 
is cognizant of the ramifications of partial institution where the 
grounds are in different statutory classes, or when a reference may be 
overcome by swearing behind it, and strives to strike an appropriate 
balance between what can be accomplished during the finite time frame 
for a trial and fairness to the parties in fully vetting patentability 
issues on challenged claims. The Office will continue to assess whether 
such balance is appropriately struck.
    Comment 13: One commenter suggested that the scope of estoppel 
under 37 CFR 42.73(d)(3) is too broad because it encompasses a finally 
refused or cancelled claim of a patent owner in an AIA review as prior 
art to be used against the patent owner, and may not allow a patent 
owner to pursue narrower, patentably distinct claims in a separate 
reissue, reexamination, or continuing application. Another commenter 
requested that the Office should maintain its rules regarding patentee 
estoppel to prevent a patentee from seeking new, but patentably 
indistinct claims in another proceeding before the Office. Commenters 
also requested clarification of the estoppel rule to make clear that an 
estoppel does not arise where an amendment is proposed, but not 
granted.
    Response: The Office appreciates the comments, but does not propose 
any rule change in response. The rule that the comment addresses, 37 
CFR 42.73(d)(3), appropriately precludes an applicant or owner from 
obtaining a claim that is not patentably distinct from a finally 
refused or canceled claim.
    Comment 14: Several commenters were concerned with a panel's 
perceived reluctance to revisit a decision, whether on rehearing or on 
final written decision after institution. One commenter suggested that 
the Office should consider designating one Administrative Patent Judge 
(``APJ'') for the decision on institution and a panel of three APJs for 
the corresponding AIA trial because of a real or perceived challenge 
for panel members to remain impartial in conducting an AIA trial on the 
merits when they participated in the decision to institute the trial. 
The commenter further stated that having the same three APJs consider 
an incomplete, preliminary record to decide institution, and 
subsequently issuing a final written decision based on the complete 
trial record, creates an actual or perceived bias against the patent 
owner. Another commenter suggested that the panel that institutes 
should be different from the panel that makes a final decision on the 
merits because it would increase due process protections, reduce any 
bias or perception of bias, and more fully meet AIA requirements by 
avoiding any blurring of the distinction between the threshold standard 
for institution and the higher standard for a determination on the 
merits of patentability. Several commenters suggested that requests for 
rehearing should be freely allowed and an expanded panel of APJs should 
be used to have ``another set of eyes'' to

[[Page 50740]]

ensure that rehearing requests will be duly considered, with another 
commenter suggesting that a completely different panel of APJs should 
consider requests for rehearing. Another commenter suggested that the 
Office should clarify what types of decisions are appropriate for an 
expanded panel review. One commenter asked for a requirement that a 
party requesting rehearing should file a statement specifically 
identifying conflicting Board or court decisions. Another commenter 
suggested that a reply brief for a petitioner should be allowed before 
a decision on institution is made, rather than relying on the 
availability of a request for rehearing that has a deferential 
standard, because the panel that decided the original decision may be 
reluctant to revisit it.
    Response: The Office believes that the panel deciding whether to 
institute an AIA proceeding is not predisposed to rule in favor of any 
party, whether the petitioner or patent owner, and that each panel 
applies the appropriate legal standard to make a fair and unbiased 
decision based upon the evidence and arguments of record. In response 
to these comments and to explore gaining further efficiencies in AIA 
proceedings, however, the Office may seek, in a separate Request for 
Comments, comments on a proposed pilot program under which the 
determination of whether to institute an IPR will be made by a single 
APJ, with two additional APJs being assigned to the IPR if a trial is 
instituted. In that separate Request for Comments, the Office also may 
seek comments on any other issues relevant to fair and efficient 
decision making.
    The Office recently has revised SOP1 to describe situations in 
which an expanded panel may be utilized, where the decision to expand a 
panel is made on a case-by-case basis. In SOP1, the Office has included 
reasons that may warrant expansion of a panel. This guidance may be 
found on the Office's Web site at: http://www.uspto.gov/sites/default/files/documents/SOP1%20-%20Rev.%2014%202015-05-08.pdf. Also, a 
petitioner always has the ability to request that a panel authorize the 
filing of a reply brief at the preliminary stage. Although a petitioner 
is not afforded a reply brief as of right before institution, the 
Office has provided in these proposed rules an explicit provision 
affording an opportunity to seek permission to file a reply brief to 
respond to a preliminary response that presents testimonial evidence.
    A request for rehearing is an opportunity to address whether a 
panel misapprehended or overlooked a matter in rendering its opinion, 
which may include identification of conflicting Board or court 
decisions, but does not necessitate such a statement. See 37 CFR 
42.71(d). Requiring a moving party to identify all matters the party 
believes the Board misapprehended or overlooked, and the place where 
each matter was previously addressed in a motion, an opposition, or a 
reply is appropriate for a rehearing request. See id.
    Comment 15: Two commenters sought a more generous schedule for 
parties to conduct the trial and advocated a more proactive management 
of the trial by earlier rulings on interlocutory motions, such as 
motions to amend, claim construction disputes, and motions to exclude, 
to narrow the issues for trial.
    Response: Although there is discretion in how to schedule due dates 
for an AIA trial, the Office is cognizant of the constraints on parties 
to engage in and complete discovery in a timely manner. To that end, 
the standard Scheduling Order generally entered in each case allows the 
parties to stipulate to adjustment of deadlines for the filing of 
patent owner's response, petitioner's reply, briefing for any motion to 
amend, and briefing on any motions for observations and any motion to 
exclude except for the reply briefs for the motion to exclude (due 
dates 1 through 5). If a problem arises in meeting the schedule set 
forth by the Office on dates for which the parties may not stipulate to 
a change or on which the parties do not agree to a new date, the 
parties are encouraged to contact the Office to resolve the issue. The 
Office continues to review the AIA proceedings to assess where 
efficiencies may be gained for both the Office and the parties, but 
does not contemplate at this time requiring resolution of interlocutory 
motions at certain points in the trial timeline. As always, should any 
party believe that a particular motion in a case warrants early 
attention to resolve an issue that will truncate the proceeding, such 
party is invited to bring that issue to the attention of the Office in 
that case.
    Comment 16: One commenter suggested changing 37 CFR 42.20(c) to 
refer to both the burden of proof and persuasion, and to refer to the 
burden being placed on the ``petitioning or moving'' party, as opposed 
to ``moving party'' only.
    Response: The Office appreciates the comment, but declines to amend 
the rule.
    Comment 17: One commenter suggests that further training of APJs in 
the payments industry may be necessary for those working on covered 
business method patent reviews. Another commenter suggests that 37 CFR 
42.301(b) should be amended to reflect that both factors for 
determining a technological invention must not exist for a claim to be 
found to fail to define a ``technological invention.''
    Response: The Office appreciates these comments and continues to 
assess the training needs for employees. The Office declines to amend 
37 CFR 42.301(b) as it reflects properly the standard for determining 
whether a patent is for a technological invention.
    Comment 18: One commenter advocates application of an issue 
preclusion analysis in deciding whether to adopt a prior claim 
construction in another proceeding.
    Response: Although the Office considers prior claim constructions 
rendered in another proceeding, the Office is mindful that the Board 
follows a different claim construction approach than that of district 
courts, and the evidentiary record in the later AIA proceeding may be 
different than the one in the prior proceeding. Therefore, a strict 
issue preclusion analysis would not be appropriate for every case. The 
Office will determine the claim construction on a case-by-case basis 
depending on the facts presented in the particular proceeding.
    Comment 19: Several commenters had suggestions for deposition 
practice before the Office in AIA trials. One commenter suggested that 
37 CFR 42.53(d)(4) is too restrictive by requiring a notice of 
deposition to be filed at least 10 days before a deposition takes 
place, because in practice, parties often do not agree on the place and 
time of a deposition within this time frame. Another commenter asked 
for clarification concerning when counsel may object to a line of 
questioning in a deposition as beyond the scope of the witness's direct 
testimony. Two commenters requested clarification of 37 CFR 42.53(g) 
governing which party should bear the costs associated with the 
testimony of a witness. Another commenter seeks a blanket prohibition 
on a party's ability to confer with a witness during the deposition, 
especially between cross-examination and re-direct, which the commenter 
asserts encourages rehearsal of testimony for re-direct.
    Response: The Office appreciates these comments. The Office invites 
further comment on how to amend section 42.53(d)(4). For instance, 
should the rule be amended to reduce the amount of lead time for filing 
a notice of deposition before the deposition, allow the parties to 
stipulate to the timing for filing, or allow both options? Determining 
when a party's line of questioning in a deposition is beyond

[[Page 50741]]

the scope of the deposition is best handled on a case-by-case basis, 
and the Office is amenable to handling timely these issues as they 
arise in a deposition. The Office has provided guidance on which party 
should bear the costs associated with the testimony of a witness in the 
Office Patent Trial Practice Guide in discussing witness expenses 
associated with discovery. See 77 FR at 48761. The Office invites 
further comment on any additional clarification that is needed. The 
Office appreciates the comment concerning when a party may confer with 
its witness during a deposition, but believes that the guidance in the 
Office Patent Trial Practice Guide strikes the correct balance 
concerning when a party may confer with its witness.
    Comment 20: One commenter suggested that a patent owner be required 
to serve any evidence regarding authentication or public availability 
of a prior art reference on which trial has been instituted, concurrent 
with any objections the patent owner is making to the petitioner's 
evidence.
    Response: The Office appreciates the comment. The rules currently 
provide that unless previously served, a party must serve relevant 
information that is inconsistent with a position advanced by the party 
during the proceeding concurrent with the filing of the documents or 
things that contains the inconsistency. See 37 CFR 42.51(b)(1)(iii). 
Therefore, a patent owner advancing the position that evidence is not 
authentic or was not available publicly has an obligation to serve this 
information on the petitioner.
    Comment 21: To facilitate electronic filing, one commenter 
suggested that backup counsel's login credentials should be able to be 
used for filing documents and that service may be made to electronic 
mail addresses specified in the mandatory notices without requiring 
agreement of the parties.
    Response: The Office appreciates the suggestions and is working to 
improve its electronic filing and case management system. Parties are 
now permitted to identify one backup counsel who will have the same 
permissions as lead counsel and be permitted to file documents in the 
system. Parties may identify additional backup counsel, but only the 
lead counsel and first backup counsel may file documents. With respect 
to service under Sec.  42.6(e), the Office believes that the ability to 
serve electronically should remain optional upon agreement of the 
parties, rather than mandatory, to accommodate users who do not use 
electronic mail regularly or who prefer service by mail.
    Comment 22: Two commenters questioned how experts are utilized in 
AIA proceedings. One commenter favors significant sanctions for counsel 
to author a report that an expert signs without authorship. A second 
commenter seeks amendment of 37 CFR 42.65(a) to require that an 
unsupported expert report be entitled to ``no weight.''
    Response: The authority of the Office to sanction a party for 
misconduct, see 37 CFR 42.12, including abuse of process or any other 
improper use of the proceeding, is robust, and the Office proposes 
adding a Rule 11-type certification for all papers filed with the Board 
with a provision for sanctions for noncompliance that would apply to 
practitioners as well as parties. Therefore, the Office has the ability 
to sanction inappropriate conduct that is brought to its attention. The 
Office declines to amend 37 CFR 42.65(a) to require that an unsupported 
expert report must be entitled to ``no weight.''
    Comment 23: One commenter stated that an Office decision nullifying 
the claims of a patent or an affirmance of such a decision should 
operate to trigger the failure-to-market forfeiture provisions under 21 
U.S.C. 355(j)(5)(D)(i)(I).
    Response: The Office appreciates the comment, but as the commenter 
recognizes, such a request is beyond the Office's jurisdiction to 
accomplish.
    Comment 24: Several commenters expressed concern about the 
perception of overall fairness of AIA proceedings to both the 
petitioner and patent owner. For instance, several commenters expressed 
concern that the Office is more concerned with the speed and efficiency 
with which it handles AIA proceedings than with the perception of 
fairness of the proceedings to all involved parties. Several commenters 
expressed a perception that AIA proceedings are skewed in favor of 
petitioner.
    Response: The Office appreciates these comments and continues to 
actively engage with the public and practitioners who utilize AIA 
proceedings, as the Office has done with this notice of proposed 
rulemaking, to continually monitor the fairness of the proceedings for 
all involved parties, as well as examining ways to ensure that the 
process is as efficient and fair as possible under the congressional 
mandate. For instance, in the Office's ``Quick-Fix'' rulemaking, the 
Office provided for additional pages for briefing for motions to amend 
and the petitioner's reply brief and provided for a claims appendix. 
The Office has also issued further guidance on motions to amend through 
decisions, such as MasterImage 3D, Inc. v. RealD Inc., Case IPR2015-
00040 (PTAB July 15, 2015) (Paper 42), and currently proposes allowing 
Patent Owners to present new testimonial evidence at the preliminary 
stage of the proceeding. The Office also is proposing a word count for 
major briefing to allow the parties to present arguments and evidence 
to the Office in a way that the party deems is most effective, and is 
proposing a Rule-11 type certification be applied to police the actions 
of counsel, as well as parties, in AIA proceedings. Based upon input 
from the public and experience with the proceedings, the Office will 
continue its efforts to make the proceedings as fair and effective as 
possible under congressional mandate.
    Comment 25: One commenter expressed concern over use of AIA 
proceedings by a second petitioner that uses prior art or arguments 
from a previously filed petition and expressed concerns about 
consistency in the joinder process. This commenter suggested assigning 
the second petitioner the role of junior party, who should not be 
allowed to continue the proceeding if the original petitioner and 
patent owner successfully settle the AIA proceeding.
    Response: The Office appreciates these comments, and notes that the 
Office has the discretion concerning whether to institute an AIA review 
and the authority to decline to institute where the same or 
substantially the same prior art or arguments were previously presented 
to the Office. See 35 U.S.C. 314(a), 315(d), 324(a), 325(d). Although 
the Office strives for consistency in the treatment of parties before 
the Office, the Office declines to adopt the suggestion to assign a 
second petitioner, asserting similar argument or prior art as a first 
petitioner, the role of ``junior party'' and to discontinue a 
proceeding if the original petitioner and the patent owner settle their 
dispute. The Office will not terminate a proceeding that has not been 
settled as to all parties because each party is entitled to assert its 
interest in the proceeding.
    Comment 26: Commenters suggested eliminating the proposed statement 
of material facts option in 37 CFR 42.22 and 42.23 because it is not 
used often and panels have differed as to whether such statements are 
counted in the page limits.
    Response: The Office appreciates this comment, but declines to 
adopt it in order to maintain the option of a party to choose to file a 
proposed statement of material facts. See 37 CFR 42.24

[[Page 50742]]

(including any statement of material facts to be admitted or denied in 
support of a petition or motion in the page limits).
    Comment 27: Several commenters expressed concern over the use of 
demonstrative exhibits. For instance, one commenter wanted the timing 
for exchanging demonstratives that allows parties to address objections 
and achieve resolution before the oral hearing. Another commenter seeks 
to be able to use argument in demonstratives with proper citation, and 
another commenter states that striking of demonstratives should be very 
rare and that problems with demonstratives should go to the weight to 
be accorded.
    Response: The Office appreciates the comments and understands the 
difficulty in resolving disputes concerning demonstrative exhibits. The 
Office believes, however, that the most efficient way to handle such 
disputes is on a case-by-case basis with the panel for the case.
    Comment 28: One commenter encourages the Office to continue 
outreach by roundtables and webinars.
    Response: This comment is adopted. The Office continues to host 
Board-side chats, road shows, and lunch-and-learn programs that will 
begin in the fall of 2015. The Office considers these interactive 
programs to provide valuable input into how to improve the fairness and 
effectiveness of the AIA proceedings.
    Comment 29: Two commenters ask that the patent owner's preliminary 
response be made mandatory for certain disclosures such as claim 
construction and antedating of references, which will merely shift the 
timeframe in which a patent owner must present such information and 
argument.
    Response: The Office appreciates this comment. In this proposed 
rulemaking, the Office proposes allowing a patent owner to present new 
testimonial evidence with the patent owner preliminary response, which 
may encourage patent owners to participate in the preliminary phase by 
filing such a response and addressing issues raised in the petition 
with argument and supporting evidence. The Office declines, however, to 
make a patent owner preliminary response mandatory in light of the 
statutory framework of AIA, which provides a patent owner a right to 
file a preliminary response. See 35 U.S.C. 313.
    Comment 30: One commenter requested that guidance in the Office 
Patent Trial Practice Guide that is not reflected in any rule, be 
incorporated into a rule, and that criteria for pro hac vice motions 
that are reflected in current case law be incorporated into a revised 
rule.
    Response: The Office appreciates these comments. The Federal 
Circuit recognizes that ``the choice between rulemaking and 
adjudication lies in the first instance within the agency's 
discretion.'' Microsoft Corp. v. Proxyconn, Inc., 789 F.3d 1291 (Fed. 
Cir. 2015) (citing NLRB v. Bell Aerospace Co. Div. of Textron, 416 U.S. 
267, 294 (1974)) (internal quotation marks omitted). At this time, an 
effective and efficient way to provide guidance to practitioners is 
through the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide and through 
adjudication--the development of case law that resolves specific issues 
in light of specific facts before the Office. The Office will continue 
to develop guidance through these avenues, as well as through 
rulemaking, where appropriate.
    Comment 31: Several comments addressed formatting for briefing in 
AIA proceedings. For instance, one commenter asks that the requirement 
that each page of an exhibit be uniquely numbered in sequence be 
amended to apply only if such page numbering does not exist already on 
the document to avoid confusion as to which numbering scheme is 
referenced in a brief. Another commenter asked that block quotes be 
single spaced, and that incorporation by reference be allowed at a 
panel's discretion when the same argument from another proceeding is 
applicable.
    Response: The Office appreciates the comments, but declines to 
adopt them. Rule 42.63(d)(2)(i) requires that each page of an exhibit 
must be uniquely numbered in sequence, but does not require a new set 
of unique numbers be applied to an exhibit for which unique numbers 
exist. The Office proposes using a word count for major briefing, which 
would negate any advantage for using single spacing for a block quote, 
and the Office requires 1.5 spaced block quotations for readability. 
See 37 CFR 42.6(a)(2)(iii). The Office declines to allow incorporation 
by reference at the panel's discretion because such incorporation may 
subvert the page or word limit and each proceeding should be self-
contained within the docket for that proceeding for efficiency and 
completeness.
    Comment 32: Another commenter suggested that the Office allow the 
parties to file papers, such as claim construction orders or other 
statements from co-pending litigation, as supplemental information.
    Response: The Office appreciates that claim construction orders and 
other papers from co-pending litigation could be helpful to resolve the 
parties' disputes in the proceeding before the Office in certain 
situations. From the Office's experience, petitioners had submitted 
such papers with their petitions to support their proposed claim 
constructions. Similarly, patent owners proffered district court's 
claim construction determinations with their preliminary responses or 
patent owner responses in support of their position on patentability. 
In fact, parties may file co-pending litigation papers to support their 
motions, oppositions, or replies. Parties also may seek leave to file a 
motion to submit supplemental information pursuant to Sec.  42.123, but 
such papers must be relevant to a claim for which the trial has been 
instituted.
    Comment 33: One commenter suggested a clarification in 37 CFR 
42.121(b)(1) to change the ``support in the original disclosure of the 
patent'' to the ``support in the original disclosure of the application 
from which the patent issued.''
    Response: The Office appreciates this comment, but does not adopt 
it as the rule, as applied, is clear.
    Comment 34: Several comments were directed to the treatment of sole 
inventors and small entities. One commenter asked for more guidance for 
independent inventors or small business who may want to utilize the AIA 
proceedings pro se. For instance, the commenter stated that AIA 
proceedings should be no more onerous than prosecution before the 
Office, should be affordable, fair, and accessible for smaller 
companies, and should be preferential to small entities and sole 
inventors, who spend a greater percentage of time and capital securing 
patents than larger entities.
    Response: The Office does not adopt these proposals. The Office was 
not given authority to provide for small entity and micro-entity filing 
fee reduction for reviews under AIA. The current filing fee schedule, 
available at http://www.uspto.gov/learning-and-resources/fees-and-payment/uspto-fee-schedule, takes into account the costs and expenses 
for maintaining the operation of the Office, and in particular, the 
operation of the Board in conducting AIA proceedings. The Office also 
provides guidance for AIA proceedings through its Office Patent Trial 
Practice Guide and on its Web site.
    Comment 35: One commenter suggested that the Office should 
encourage Congress to expand the scope of AIA proceedings by advocating 
that Congress include section 101 challenges in inter partes reviews, 
make covered business method patent reviews permanent, and expand 
covered

[[Page 50743]]

business method patent reviews to include a broader variety of patents.
    Response: The Office remains open to all ways of strengthening our 
patent system and appreciates the comment, and notes that these issues 
were considered by Congress during the legislative process for AIA.
    Comment 36: One commenter proposed that the Office amend Rule 
42.52(d)(2) to state that cross-examination should ordinarily take 
place after any supplemental evidence relating to the direct testimony 
has been served, as opposed to filed, because supplemental evidence is 
served under Rule 42.64(b)(2), and not filed until after a motion to 
exclude has been filed, which occurs well after most depositions have 
taken place. Another commenter suggests requiring filing of 
supplemental evidence as exhibits versus just serving.
    Response: The Office will adopt these comments and resolve the 
issue presented, but seeks further comment on the best way to resolve 
the issue. For instance, should the Office amend Rule 42.52(d)(2) as 
suggested or amend Rule 42.64(b)(2) to require that supplemental 
evidence be filed as opposed to served?
    Comment 37: Several commenters expressed views concerning the types 
of arguments to be made in AIA proceedings. For instance, one commenter 
suggested that the Office should distinguish between appropriate 
analysis and inappropriate ``argument'' in claim charts. A second 
commenter sought a limitation on the number of invalidity arguments. 
Another commenter wanted clarification of the rules that a patent owner 
is also under a burden to support affirmative factual statements with 
evidence.
    Response: The Office appreciates the comments. In the current 
proposed rule, the Office proposes to use a word count for major 
briefing, such as the petition, patent owner preliminary response, 
patent owner response, and petitioner's reply. A change from page 
limits to word count for major briefing allows the parties to structure 
arguments in briefing in any way that the party deems best for 
presenting its case to the Office, including presenting analysis and 
arguments in claim charts. Because the Office has the discretion under 
35 U.S.C. 314(a) and 324(a) whether to institute an AIA trial and takes 
the opportunity at institution to focus the trial on grounds which meet 
the threshold standards in 35 U.S.C. 314(a) and 324(a) and which 
reasonably may be decided within the statutory imposed time-frame for 
the trial, the Office declines to place a limitation on the number of 
grounds that a petitioner may present. Also, if patent owner does not 
support affirmative factual statements with evidence, such statements 
will be given little or no weight.

Rule 11-Type Certification

    To further attempt to prevent any misuse of the AIA proceedings, 
the Office proposes to amend Sec.  42.11, which prescribes the duty of 
candor owed to the Office, to include a Rule 11-type certification for 
all papers filed with the Board with a provision for sanctions for 
noncompliance. The Board also may refer possible misconduct in the 
course of AIA proceedings to the Office of Enrollment and Discipline 
for investigation and, if warranted, further proceedings under 37 CFR 
11.19-11.61.

Recognizing Privilege for Communications With Domestic Patent Agents 
and Foreign Patent Practitioners

    In 2015, the Office launched an outreach initiative to explore 
various issues associated with confidential communications with patent 
agents or foreign patent practitioners. The Office published a notice 
convening a roundtable in February 2015 and requesting public comments. 
See Domestic and International Issues Related to Privileged 
Communications Between Patent Practitioners and Their Clients, 80 FR 
3953 (Jan. 26, 2015). Nineteen parties submitted written comments in 
response to the Federal Register notice, which are available on the 
USPTO Web site at: http://www.uspto.gov/learning-and-resources/ip-policy/roundtable-domestic-and-international-issues-related-privileged. 
Some of these comments raised the issue of unclear or inconsistent 
privilege rules for agents and foreign practitioners during discovery 
in PTAB proceedings.
    Consistent with that earlier outreach initiative, the Office here 
seeks comments on the subject of attorney-client privilege or other 
limitations on discovery in PTAB proceedings, including on whether 
rules regarding privilege should be issued in connection with PTAB 
proceedings. Such rules could, for example, explicitly recognize 
privilege for communications between patent applicants or owners and 
their domestic patent agents or foreign patent practitioners, under the 
same circumstances as such privilege is recognized for communications 
between applicants or owners and U.S. attorneys. The Office invites the 
public to provide any comments on language, scope, or other 
considerations for creating such a privilege, including possible 
amendments to any of 37 CFR 42.51, 42.52, 42.55, 42.62, or 42.64 to 
accomplish this purpose.

Discussion of Specific Rules

Subpart A--Trial Practice and Procedure

Claim Construction Standard

    The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR 42.100(b), 42.200(b), and 
42.300(b) as follows:
     Amend 37 CFR 42.100(b) to add the phrase ``that will not 
expire before a final written decision is issued'' after ``an unexpired 
patent.''
     Amend 37 CFR 42.200(b) to add the phrase ``that will not 
expire before a final written decision is issued'' after ``an unexpired 
patent.''
     Amend 37 CFR 42.300(b) to add the phrase ``that will not 
expire before a final written decision is issued'' after ``an unexpired 
patent.''
    The Office will add further clarifying instructions in the Office 
Patent Trial Practice Guide concerning how a petitioner may determine 
which standard to apply in the petition.

Patent Owner Preliminary Response

    The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR 42.107(a) to provide that the 
patent owner is not prohibited from including new testimonial evidence 
with a preliminary response and that the patent owner's preliminary 
response to the petition is subject to the word count under 37 CFR 
42.24. See the proposed text in the amendatory instructions below.
    The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR 42.107 to delete paragraph (c) 
so that the patent owner is not prohibited from including new 
testimonial evidence with a patent owner preliminary response.
    The Office proposes to revise 37 CFR 42.108(c) provide that the 
Board's decision whether to institute an inter partes review will take 
into account a patent owner preliminary response where such a response 
is filed, but supporting evidence concerning disputed material facts 
will be viewed in the light most favorable to the petitioner for 
purposes of deciding whether to institute an inter partes review, and 
that the petitioner may seek leave to file a reply to the preliminary 
response. See the proposed text in the amendatory instructions below.
    The Office proposes to revise 37 CFR 42.207(a) to provide that the 
patent owner is not prohibited from including new testimonial evidence 
with a preliminary response and that the patent owner's preliminary 
response to the petition is subject to the word count under 37 CFR 
42.24. See the proposed text in the amendatory instructions below.

[[Page 50744]]

    The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR 42.207 to delete paragraph (c) 
so that the patent owner is not prohibited from including new 
testimonial evidence with a patent owner preliminary response.
    The Office proposes to revise 37 CFR 42.208(c) provide that the 
Board's decision whether to institute a post-grant review will take 
into account a patent owner preliminary response where such a response 
is filed, but supporting evidence concerning disputed material facts 
will be viewed in the light most favorable to the petitioner for 
purposes of deciding whether to institute a post-grant review, and that 
the petitioner may seek leave to file a reply to the preliminary 
response. See the proposed text in the amendatory instructions below.

Oral Hearing

    The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR 42.70(b) to require at least 
seven, not just five, days before oral argument for exchange of 
exhibits to provide additional time for the parties to resolve disputes 
concerning demonstrative exhibits.

Word Count

    The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR 42.24 to implement a word count 
limitation for petitions, patent owner preliminary responses, patent 
owner responses, and petitioner's replies, by:
     Adding ``Type-volume or'' to the title;
     adding ``word counts or'' before the words ``page limits'' 
or ``page limit'' and adding ``or word count'' after ``a certificate of 
service'' in paragraph (a)(1);
     substituting ``14,000 words'' for ``60 pages'' in 
paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(iv);
     substituting ``18,700 words'' for ``80 pages'' in 
paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iii);
     substituting ``word counts'' for ``page limits'' and 
``word count'' for ``page limit'' in paragraph (a)(2) except for the 
last sentence in which ``word counts or'' is added before ``page 
limits;''
     adding ``word counts or'' before the ``page limits'' in 
paragraph (b);
     substituting ``word counts'' for the two instances of 
``page limits'' in paragraph (b)(1);
     substituting ``word counts'' for the two instances of 
``page limits'' in paragraph (b)(2);
     adding ``word counts or'' before the two instances of 
``page limits'' and adding ``or word count'' after ``a certificate of 
service'' in paragraph (c);
     substituting ``5,600 words'' for ``25 pages'' in paragraph 
(c)(1);
     adding paragraph (d) concerning word count certification. 
See the proposed text in the amendatory instructions below.

Rule 11-Type Certification

    The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR 42.11 to add ``signing papers; 
representations to the Board; sanctions'' to the title of the section, 
to designate existing text as paragraph (a), and to add paragraphs (b) 
through (d) to include a Rule 11-type certification for all papers 
filed with the Board with a provision for sanctions for noncompliance. 
See the proposed text in the amendatory instructions below.

Rulemaking Considerations

A. Administrative Procedure Act (APA)

    This proposed rule would revise the consolidated set of rules 
relating to Office trial practice for inter partes review, post-grant 
review, the transitional program for covered business method patents, 
and derivation proceedings. The changes proposed in this notice do not 
change the substantive criteria of patentability. These changes involve 
rules of agency practice. See, e.g., 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(5), as amended. 
These rules are procedural and/or interpretive rules. See Bachow 
Commc'ns Inc. v. F.C.C., 237 F.3d 683, 690 (D.C. Cir. 2001) (rules 
governing an application process are procedural under the 
Administrative Procedure Act); Inova Alexandria Hosp. v. Shalala, 244 
F.3d 342, 350 (4th Cir. 2001) (rules for handling appeals were 
procedural where they did not change the substantive requirements for 
reviewing claims); Nat'l Org. of Veterans' Advocates v. Sec'y of 
Veterans Affairs, 260 F.3d 1365, 1375 (Fed. Cir. 2001) (rule that 
clarifies interpretation of a statute is interpretive); JEM Broad. Co. 
v. F.C.C., 22 F.3d 320, 328 (D.C. Cir. 1994) (rules are not legislative 
because they do not ``foreclose effective opportunity to make one's 
case on the merits'').
    Accordingly, prior notice and opportunity for public comment are 
not required pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b) or (c) (or any other law), and 
thirty-day advance publication is not required pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 
553(d) (or any other law). See Cooper Techs. Co. v. Dudas, 536 F.3d 
1330, 1336-37 (Fed. Cir. 2008) (stating that 5 U.S.C. 553, and thus 35 
U.S.C. 2(b)(2)(B), do not require notice and comment rulemaking for 
``interpretative rules, general statements of policy, or rules of 
agency organization, procedure, or practice'') (quoting 5 U.S.C. 
553(b)(A)); U.S. v. Gould, 568 F.3d 459, 476 (4th Cir. 2009) (``The APA 
also requires publication of any substantive rule at least 30 days 
before its effective date, 5 U.S.C. 553(d), except where the rule is 
interpretive * * * .''). The Office, however, is providing a sixty day 
comment period in order to seek the benefit of the public's views.

B. Regulatory Flexibility Act

    For the reasons set forth herein, the Deputy General Counsel for 
General Law of the United States Patent and Trademark Office has 
certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business 
Administration that changes proposed in this notice will not have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
See 5 U.S.C. 605(b). The changes proposed in this document are to 
revise certain trial practice procedures before the Board. Any 
requirements resulting from these proposed changes are of minimal or no 
additional burden to those practicing before the Board. Specifically, 
proposed changes pertaining to representation would not present any 
additional burden as the duty of candor and good faith are already 
requirements under existing Board trial practice (37 CFR 42.11), USPTO 
rules of professional conduct, and, for those who are attorneys, 
applicable State bars. Second, changes imposed by converting certain 
page limits to word counts for petitions and motions are not expected 
to result in any material change to filings, other than the addition of 
a certification that the filing is compliant. Finally, the proposed 
changes pertaining to the inclusion of supporting evidence in a patent 
owner preliminary response to petition are not required to be filed, 
but merely available to parties should they choose. Moreover, the 
Office anticipates that the vast majority of those that will provide 
such supporting evidence during the petition review stage would have 
provided such information later anyway, if and when, a trial were 
instituted. For the foregoing reasons, the changes proposed in this 
notice will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
number of small entities.

C. Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review)

    This rulemaking has been determined to be not significant for 
purposes of Executive Order 12866 (Sept. 30, 1993).

D. Executive Order 13563 (Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review)

    The Office has complied with Executive Order 13563. Specifically, 
the Office has, to the extent feasible and applicable: (1) Made a 
reasoned

[[Page 50745]]

determination that the benefits justify the costs of the rule; (2) 
tailored the rule to impose the least burden on society consistent with 
obtaining the regulatory objectives; (3) selected a regulatory approach 
that maximizes net benefits; (4) specified performance objectives; (5) 
identified and assessed available alternatives; (6) involved the public 
in an open exchange of information and perspectives among experts in 
relevant disciplines, affected stakeholders in the private sector and 
the public as a whole, and provided on-line access to the rulemaking 
docket; (7) attempted to promote coordination, simplification, and 
harmonization across government agencies and identified goals designed 
to promote innovation; (8) considered approaches that reduce burdens 
and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public; and (9) 
ensured the objectivity of scientific and technological information and 
processes.

E. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)

    This rulemaking does not contain policies with federalism 
implications sufficient to warrant preparation of a Federalism 
Assessment under Executive Order 13132 (Aug. 4, 1999).

F. Executive Order 13175 (Tribal Consultation)

    This rulemaking will not: (1) Have substantial direct effects on 
one or more Indian tribes; (2) impose substantial direct compliance 
costs on Indian tribal governments; or (3) preempt tribal law. 
Therefore, a tribal summary impact statement is not required under 
Executive Order 13175 (Nov. 6, 2000).

G. Executive Order 13211 (Energy Effects)

    This rulemaking is not a significant energy action under Executive 
Order 13211 because this rulemaking is not likely to have a significant 
adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. 
Therefore, a Statement of Energy Effects is not required under 
Executive Order 13211 (May 18, 2001).

H. Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform)

    This rulemaking meets applicable standards to minimize litigation, 
eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden as set forth in sections 3(a) 
and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988 (Feb. 5, 1996).

I. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of Children)

    This rulemaking does not concern an environmental risk to health or 
safety that may disproportionately affect children under Executive 
Order 13045 (Apr. 21, 1997).

J. Executive Order 12630 (Taking of Private Property)

    This rulemaking will not affect a taking of private property or 
otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630 (Mar. 
15, 1988).

K. Congressional Review Act

    Under the Congressional Review Act provisions of the Small Business 
Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), 
prior to issuing any final rule, the United States Patent and Trademark 
Office will submit a report containing the rule and other required 
information to the United States Senate, the United States House of 
Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the Government 
Accountability Office. The changes in this final rule are not expected 
to result in an annual effect on the economy of 100 million dollars or 
more, a major increase in costs or prices, or significant adverse 
effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, 
innovation, or the ability of United States-based enterprises to 
compete with foreign-based enterprises in domestic and export markets. 
Therefore, this final rule is not a ``major rule'' as defined in 5 
U.S.C. 804(2).

L. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995

    The changes set forth in this rulemaking do not involve a Federal 
intergovernmental mandate that will result in the expenditure by State, 
local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, of 100 million dollars 
(as adjusted) or more in any one year, or a Federal private sector 
mandate that will result in the expenditure by the private sector of 
100 million dollars (as adjusted) or more in any one year, and will not 
significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no 
actions are necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates 
Reform Act of 1995. See 2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.

M. National Environmental Policy Act

    This rulemaking will not have any effect on the quality of the 
environment and is thus categorically excluded from review under the 
National Environmental Policy Act of 1969. See 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.

N. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act

    The requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology 
Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) are not 
applicable because this rulemaking does not contain provisions which 
involve the use of technical standards.

O. Paperwork Reduction Act

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3549) requires 
that the Office consider the impact of paperwork and other information 
collection burdens imposed on the public. This final rule involves 
information collection requirements which are subject to review by the 
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act 
of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3549). This rulemaking does not add any 
additional information requirements or fees for parties before the 
Board. Therefore, the Office is not resubmitting information collection 
packages to OMB for its review and approval because the revisions in 
this rulemaking do not materially change the information collections 
approved under OMB control number 0651-0069.
    Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required 
to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to, a penalty for 
failure to comply with a collection of information subject to the 
requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act unless that collection of 
information displays a currently valid OMB control number.

List of Subjects in 37 CFR Part 42

    Administrative practice and procedure, Inventions and patents.

    For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Office proposes to 
amend 37 CFR part 42 as follows:

PART 42--TRIAL PRACTICE BEFORE THE PATENT TRIAL AND APPEAL BOARD

0
1. The authority citation for 37 CFR part 42 continues to read as 
follows:

    Authority:  35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2), 6, 21, 23, 41, 135, 311, 312, 
316, 321-326 and Public Law 112-29.

Subpart A--Trial Practice and Procedure

0
2. Section 42.11 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  42.11  Duty of candor; signing papers; representations to the 
Board; sanctions.

    (a) Duty of candor. Parties and individuals involved in the 
proceeding have a duty of candor and good faith to the Office during 
the course of a proceeding.
    (b) Signature. Every petition, response, written motion, and other 
paper filed in a proceeding must be signed by at least lead counsel or 
designated backup counsel under

[[Page 50746]]

Sec.  42.10 in the attorney's or registered practitioner's name--or by 
a party personally if the party is unrepresented. The Board may expunge 
any unsigned submission unless the omission is promptly corrected after 
being called to the counsel's or party's attention.
    (c) Representations to the Board. By presenting to the Board a 
petition, response, written motion, or other paper--whether by signing, 
filing, submitting, or later advocating it--an attorney, registered 
practitioner, or unrepresented party certifies that to the best of the 
person's knowledge, information, and belief, formed after an inquiry 
reasonable under the circumstances:
    (1) It is not being presented for any improper purpose, such as to 
harass, cause unnecessary delay, or needlessly increase the cost of the 
proceeding;
    (2) The claims, defenses, and other legal contentions are warranted 
by existing law or by a non-frivolous argument for extending, 
modifying, or reversing existing law or for establishing new law;
    (3) The factual contentions have evidentiary support; and
    (4) The denials of factual contentions are warranted on the 
evidence.
    (d) Sanctions--(1) In general. If, after notice and a reasonable 
opportunity to respond, the Board determines that paragraph (c) of this 
section has been violated, the Board may impose an appropriate sanction 
on any attorney, registered practitioner, law firm, patent agent, or 
party that violated the rule or is responsible for the violation. 
Absent exceptional circumstances, a law firm must be held jointly 
responsible for a violation committed by its partner, associate, or 
employee.
    (2) Motion for sanctions. A motion for sanctions must be made 
separately from any other motion and must describe the specific conduct 
that allegedly violates paragraph (c) of this section. The motion must 
be authorized by the Board under Sec.  42.20. Prior to seeking 
authorization to file a motion for sanctions, the moving party must 
provide written notice to the other party of the basis for the proposed 
motion. A motion for sanctions must not be filed or be presented to the 
Board if the challenged paper, claim, defense, contention, or denial is 
withdrawn or appropriately corrected within 21 days after service of 
such notice or within another time the Board sets. If warranted, the 
Board may award to the prevailing party the reasonable expenses, 
including attorney's fees, incurred for the motion.
    (3) On the Board's initiative. On its own, the Board may order an 
attorney, registered practitioner, law firm, or party to show cause why 
conduct specifically described in the order has not violated paragraph 
(c) of this section.
    (4) Nature of a sanction. A sanction imposed under this rule must 
be limited to what suffices to deter repetition of the conduct or 
comparable conduct by others similarly situated and should be 
consistent with Sec.  42.12.
    (5) Requirements for an order. An order imposing a sanction must 
describe the sanctioned conduct and explain the basis for the sanction.
    (e) Inapplicability to discovery. This rule does not apply to 
disclosures and discovery requests, responses, and objections.
0
3. Section 42.24 is revised to read as follows:


Sec.  42.24  Type-Volume and page-limits for petitions, motions, 
oppositions, and replies.

    (a) Petitions and motions. (1) The following word counts or page 
limits for petitions and motions apply and include any statement of 
material facts to be admitted or denied in support of the petition or 
motion. The word count or page limit does not include a table of 
contents, a table of authorities, a certificate of service or word 
count, exhibits, appendix, or claim listing.
    (i) Petition requesting inter partes review: 14,000 words.
    (ii) Petition requesting post-grant review: 18,700 words.
    (iii) Petition requesting covered business method patent review: 
18,700 words.
    (iv) Petition requesting derivation proceeding: 14,000 words.
    (v) Motions (excluding motions to amend): 15 pages.
    (vi) Motions to Amend: 25 pages.
    (2) Petitions to institute a trial must comply with the stated word 
counts but may be accompanied by a motion to waive the word counts. The 
petitioner must show in the motion how a waiver of the word counts is 
in the interests of justice and must append a copy of proposed petition 
exceeding the word count to the motion. If the motion is not granted, 
the proposed petition exceeding the word count may be expunged or 
returned. Any other motion to waive word counts or page limits must be 
granted in advance of filing a motion, opposition, or reply for which 
the waiver is necessary.
    (b) Patent owner responses and oppositions. The word counts or page 
limits set forth in this paragraph do not include a listing of facts 
which are admitted, denied, or cannot be admitted or denied.
    (1) The word counts for a patent owner preliminary response to 
petition are the same as the word counts for the petition.
    (2) The word counts for a patent owner response to petition are the 
same as the word counts for the petition.
    (3) The page limits for oppositions are the same as those for 
corresponding motions.
    (c) Replies. The following word counts or page limits for replies 
apply and include any statement of facts in support of the reply. The 
word counts or page limits do not include a table of contents, a table 
of authorities, a listing of facts which are admitted, denied, or 
cannot be admitted or denied, a certificate of service or word count, 
or appendix of exhibits.
    (1) Replies to patent owner responses to petitions: 5,600 words.
    (2) Replies to oppositions (excluding replies to oppositions to 
motions to amend): 5 pages.
    (3) Replies to oppositions to motions to amend: 12 pages.
    (d) Certification. Any petition, preliminary response, patent owner 
response, or reply whose length is specified by type-volume limits must 
include a certification stating the number of words in the petition, 
motion, opposition, or reply. A party may rely on the word count of the 
word-processing system used to prepare the petition, preliminary 
response, patent owner response, or reply.
0
4. Section 42.70 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  42.70  Oral argument.

* * * * *
    (b) Demonstrative exhibits must be served at least seven business 
days before oral argument and filed no later than the time of the oral 
argument.

Subpart B--Inter Partes Review

0
5. Section 42.100 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  42.100  Procedure; pendency.

* * * * *
    (b) A claim in an unexpired patent that will not expire before a 
final written decision is issued shall be given its broadest reasonable 
construction in light of the specification of the patent in which it 
appears.
* * * * *
0
6. Section 42.107 is amended by revising paragraph (a) and removing and 
reserving paragraph (c) to read as follows:


Sec.  42.107  Preliminary response to petition.

    (a) The patent owner may file a preliminary response to the 
petition. The response may set forth the reasons why no inter partes 
review should be

[[Page 50747]]

instituted under 35 U.S.C. 314 and can include supporting evidence. The 
preliminary response is subject to the word count under Sec.  42.24.
* * * * *
    (c) [Reserved]
* * * * *
0
7. Section 42.108 is amended by revising paragraph (c) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  42.108  Institution of inter partes review.

* * * * *
    (c) Sufficient grounds. Inter partes review shall not be instituted 
for a ground of unpatentability unless the Board decides that the 
petition supporting the ground would demonstrate that there is a 
reasonable likelihood that at least one of the claims challenged in the 
petition is unpatentable. The Board's decision will take into account a 
patent owner preliminary response where such a response is filed, but 
supporting evidence concerning disputed material facts will be viewed 
in the light most favorable to the petitioner for purposes of deciding 
whether to institute an inter partes review. If the patent owner 
submits supporting evidence with its preliminary response, the 
petitioner may seek leave to file a reply to the preliminary response 
in accordance with Sec.  42.24(c).

Subpart C--Post-Grant Review

0
8. Section 42.200 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  42.200  Procedure; pendency.

* * * * *
    (b) A claim in an unexpired patent that will not expire before a 
final written decision is issued shall be given its broadest reasonable 
construction in light of the specification of the patent in which it 
appears.
* * * * *
0
9. Section 42.207 is amended by revising paragraph (a) and removing and 
reserving paragraph (c) to read as follows:


Sec.  42.207  Preliminary response to petition.

    (a) The patent owner may file a preliminary response to the 
petition. The response may set forth the reasons why no post-grant 
review should be instituted under 35 U.S.C. 324 and can include 
supporting evidence. The preliminary response is subject to the word 
count under Sec.  42.24.
* * * * *
    (c) [Reserved]
* * * * *
0
10. Section 42.208 is amended by revising paragraph (c) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  42.208  Institution of post-grant review.

* * * * *
    (c) Sufficient grounds. Post-grant review shall not be instituted 
for a ground of unpatentability unless the Board decides that the 
petition supporting the ground would, if unrebutted, demonstrate that 
it is more likely than not that at least one of the claims challenged 
in the petition is unpatentable. The Board's decision will take into 
account a patent owner preliminary response where such a response is 
filed, but supporting evidence concerning disputed material facts will 
be viewed in the light most favorable to the petitioner for purposes of 
deciding whether to institute a post-grant review. If the patent owner 
submits supporting evidence with its preliminary response, the 
petitioner may seek leave to file a reply to the preliminary response 
in accordance with Sec.  42.24(c).
* * * * *

Subpart D--Transitional Program for Covered Business Method Patents

0
11. Section 42.300 is amended by revising paragraph (b) to read as 
follows:


Sec.  42.300  Procedure; pendency.

* * * * *
    (b) A claim in an unexpired patent that will not expire before a 
final written decision is issued shall be given its broadest reasonable 
construction in light of the specification of the patent in which it 
appears.
* * * * *

    Dated: August 12, 2015.
Michelle K. Lee,
Under Secretary of Commerce for Intellectual Property and Director of 
the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
[FR Doc. 2015-20227 Filed 8-19-15; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-16-P



                                                                                                      Vol. 80                           Thursday,
                                                                                                      No. 161                           August 20, 2015




                                                                                                      Part II


                                                                                                      Department of Commerce
                                                                                                      United States Patent and Trademark Office
                                                                                                      37 CFR Part 42
                                                                                                      Amendments to the Rules of Practice for Trials Before the Patent Trial
                                                                                                      and Appeal Board; Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4717   Sfmt 4717   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50720                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                     Although comments may be                           addition to other ministerial changes to
                                                                                                         submitted by postal mail, the Office                  conform the rules to the Office’s
                                                 United States Patent and Trademark                      prefers to receive comments by                        established practices in handling AIA
                                                 Office                                                  electronic mail message to be able to                 proceedings.
                                                                                                         more easily share all comments with the                 This second, proposed rule (the
                                                 37 CFR Part 42                                          public. The Office prefers the comments               subject of this Federal Register
                                                 [Docket No. PT0–P–2015–0053]                            to be submitted in plain text, but also               document) addresses more involved
                                                                                                         accepts comments submitted in                         proposed changes to the rules and
                                                 RIN 0651–AD01                                           ADOBE® portable document format or                    proposed revisions to the Office Patent
                                                                                                         MICROSOFT WORD® FORMAT.                               Trial Practice Guide. The Office
                                                 Amendments to the Rules of Practice                     Comments not submitted electronically                 presents the following proposed rules to
                                                 for Trials Before the Patent Trial and                  should be submitted on paper in a                     address issues and public comments
                                                 Appeal Board                                            format that accommodates digital                      that were raised concerning the claim
                                                 AGENCY:  Patent Trial and Appeal Board,                 scanning into ADOBE® portable                         construction standard for AIA trials,
                                                 United States Patent and Trademark                      document format.                                      new testimonial evidence submitted
                                                 Office, U.S. Department of Commerce.                       The comments will be available for                 with a patent owner’s preliminary
                                                 ACTION: Proposed rule.                                  public inspection at the Patent Trial and             response, Rule 11-type certification, and
                                                                                                         Appeal Board, currently located in                    word count for major briefing. The
                                                 SUMMARY:    This proposed rule would                    Madison East, Ninth Floor, 600 Dulany                 Office will also later amend its Office
                                                 amend the existing consolidated set of                  Street, Alexandria, Virginia. Comments                Patent Trial Practice Guide to reflect
                                                 rules relating to the United States Patent              also will be available for viewing via the            developments in practice before the
                                                 and Trademark Office (Office or                         Office’s Internet Web site http://                    Office concerning how the Office
                                                 USPTO) trial practice for inter partes                  www.uspto.gov/patents/law/comments/                   handles additional discovery, live
                                                 review (‘‘IPR’’), post-grant review                     index.jsp. Because comments will be                   testimony, and confidential information.
                                                 (‘‘PGR’’), the transitional program for                 made available for public inspection,                 In response to the USPTO’s roundtable
                                                 covered business method patents                         information that the submitter does not               on attorney-client privilege issues held
                                                 (‘‘CBM’’), and derivation proceedings                   desire to be made public, such as                     in February 2015, the Office also
                                                 that implemented provisions of the                      address or phone number, should not be                requests input on recognizing privilege
                                                 Leahy-Smith America Invents Act                         included in the comments.                             for communications between a patent
                                                 (‘‘AIA’’) providing for trials before the               FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                      applicant or owner and its U.S. patent
                                                 Office.                                                 Susan L. C. Mitchell, Lead                            agent or foreign patent practitioner in a
                                                 DATES: Comment date: The Office                         Administrative Patent Judge by                        possible future rulemaking.
                                                 solicits comments from the public on                    telephone at (571) 272–9797.                            The Office anticipates that it will
                                                 this proposed rulemaking. Written                       SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                                                                                                                                               continue to refine the rules governing
                                                 comments must be received on or before                    Executive Summary: Purpose: This                    AIA trials to continue to ensure fairness
                                                 October 19, 2015 to ensure                              proposed rule would amend the existing                and efficiency while meeting the
                                                 consideration.                                          consolidated set of rules relating to the             congressional mandate. Therefore, the
                                                    Roadshow Dates: The Office, in                       United States Patent and Trademark                    Office continues to encourage comments
                                                 concert with the American Intellectual                  Office (Office or USPTO) trial practice               concerning how the rules may be
                                                 Property Association (‘‘AIPLA’’), will                  for inter partes review, post-grant                   refined to achieve this goal.
                                                 have a Road Show Series in August                       review, the transitional program for                    Costs and Benefits: This rulemaking is
                                                 2015 where the proposed rules will be                   covered business method patents, and                  not economically significant, and is not
                                                 discussed. This AIPLA/USPTO Road                        derivation proceedings that                           significant, under Executive Order
                                                 Show Series, entitled ‘‘Enhancing Patent                implemented provisions of the Leahy-                  12866 (Sept. 30, 1993), as amended by
                                                 Quality and Conducting AIA Trials,’’                    Smith America Invents Act (‘‘AIA’’)                   Executive Order 13258 (Feb. 26, 2002)
                                                 will be held on August 24, 2015 in                      providing for trials before the Office.               and Executive Order 13422 (Jan. 18,
                                                 Santa Clara, California, August 26, 2015                                                                      2007).
                                                 in Dallas, Texas, and August 28, 2015 in                Summary of Major Provisions
                                                                                                                                                               Background
                                                 Alexandria, Virginia.                                      In an effort to gauge the effectiveness
                                                                                                         of the rules governing AIA trials, the                Development of These Proposed Rules
                                                 ADDRESSES: Comments should be sent
                                                 by electronic mail message over the                     Office conducted a nationwide listening                  On September 16, 2011, the AIA was
                                                 Internet addressed to: trialrules2015@                  tour in April and May of 2014, and in                 enacted into law (Pub. L. 112–29, 125
                                                 uspto.gov. Comments may also be                         June 2014, published a Federal Register               Stat. 284 (2011)), and shortly thereafter
                                                 submitted by postal mail addressed to:                  Notice asking for public feedback about               in 2012, the Office implemented rules to
                                                 Mail Stop Patent Board, Director of the                 the AIA trial proceedings. The Office                 govern Office trial practice for AIA
                                                 United States Patent and Trademark                      has carefully reviewed the comments                   trials, including inter partes review,
                                                 Office, P.O. Box 1450, Alexandria, VA                   and, in response to public input, already             post-grant review, the transitional
                                                 22313–1450, marked to the attention of                  has issued a first, final rule, which was             program for covered business method
                                                 ‘‘Lead Judge Susan Mitchell, Patent                     published on May 19, 2015. That final                 patents, and derivation proceedings
                                                 Trial Proposed Rules.’’                                 rule addressed issues concerning the                  pursuant to 35 U.S.C. 135, 316 and 326
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                    Comments may also be sent by                         patent owner’s motion to amend and the                and AIA 18(d)(2). See Rules of Practice
                                                 electronic mail message over the                        petitioner’s reply brief that involved                for Trials Before the Patent Trial and
                                                 Internet via the Federal eRulemaking                    ministerial changes. For instance, the                Appeal Board and Judicial Review of
                                                 Portal. See the Federal eRulemaking                     final rules provided ten additional pages             Patent Trial and Appeal Board
                                                 Portal Web site (http://                                for a patent owner’s motion to amend,                 Decisions, 77 FR 48612 (Aug. 14, 2012);
                                                 www.regulations.gov) for additional                     allowed a claims appendix for a motion                Changes to Implement Inter Partes
                                                 instructions on providing comments via                  to amend, and provided ten additional                 Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review
                                                 the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal.                        pages for a petitioner’s reply brief, in              Proceedings, and Transitional Program


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                         50721

                                                 for Covered Business Method Patents,                    remaining comments in this second,                    circumstances. The Office will address
                                                 77 FR 48680 (Aug. 14, 2012);                            proposed rulemaking.                                  each of these suggestions in turn.
                                                 Transitional Program for Covered                                                                                 Comment 1: Multiple commenters
                                                                                                         Differences Between the Proposed Rules                recommended that the Office continue
                                                 Business Method Patents—Definitions
                                                                                                         and the Current Rules                                 to apply the broadest reasonable
                                                 of Covered Business Method Patent and
                                                 Technological Invention, 77 FR 48734                       The Office will address the                        interpretation standard in construing
                                                 (Aug. 14, 2012). Additionally, the Office               differences between the proposed rules                terms of an unexpired patent at issue in
                                                 published a Patent Trial Practice Guide                 and the current rules in relation to the              an inter partes review proceeding, post-
                                                 for the rules to advise the public on the               seventeen questions that the Office                   grant review proceeding, or covered
                                                 general framework of the regulations,                   asked in the June 27, 2014 Notice                     business method review proceeding.
                                                 including the structure and times for                   concerning the following ten topics: (1)              These commenters stressed that ‘‘the
                                                 taking action in each of the new                        Claim construction standard; (2) a                    broadest reasonable construction
                                                 proceedings. See Office Patent Trial                    patent owner’s motions to amend; (3) a                standard used during traditional ex
                                                 Practice Guide, 77 FR 48756 (Aug. 14,                   patent owner’s preliminary response; (4)              parte prosecution, reissue, and
                                                 2012).                                                  additional discovery; (5) obviousness;                reexamination practice is a reasonable
                                                    In an effort to gauge the effectiveness              (6) real party in interest; (7) multiple              standard to use in PTAB proceedings.’’
                                                 of these rules governing AIA trials, the                proceedings; (8) extension of one year                These same commenters noted that the
                                                 Office conducted a nationwide listening                 period to issue a final determination; (9)            ‘‘PTO has a long-standing practice of
                                                 tour in April and May of 2014. During                   oral hearing; and (10) general topics. See            giving patent claims their broadest
                                                 the listening tour, the Office solicited                79 FR at 36476. The comments provided                 reasonable interpretation during
                                                 feedback on how to make the trial                       support for, opposition to, and diverse               examination and during other post-
                                                 proceedings more transparent and                        recommendations on the current rules.                 issuance proceedings such as
                                                 effective by adjusting the rules and                    The Office appreciates the thoughtful                 reexamination, reissue and interference
                                                 guidance where necessary. To elicit                     comments, and has considered and                      for good reason,’’ which ‘‘serves the
                                                 even more input, in June of 2014, the                   analyzed the comments thoroughly. In                  public interest by reducing the
                                                 Office published a Request for                          this discussion, the Office will respond              possibility that claims, finally allowed,
                                                 Comments in the Federal Register and,                   to the comments submitted in response                 will be given broader scope than is
                                                 at stakeholder request, extended the                    to the seventeen questions (besides                   justified.’’
                                                                                                                                                                  Conversely, the Office received a
                                                 period for receiving comments to                        those which involved suggestions for
                                                                                                                                                               comment suggesting the use of a
                                                 October 16, 2014. See Request for                       page limitation changes for a patent
                                                                                                                                                               Phillips-type construction standard for
                                                 Comments on Trial Proceedings Under                     owner’s motion to amend or petitioner’s               all patents, stating that ‘‘claims in AIA
                                                 the America Invents Act Before the                      reply brief) and set forth proposed                   trials should be construed as they have
                                                 Patent Trial and Appeal Board, 79 FR                    changes to the rules and the Office                   been or would be construed in a civil
                                                 36474 (June 27, 2014).                                  Patent Trial Practice Guide. In addition,             action to invalidate a patent under
                                                    The Request for Comments asked                       in order to further attempt to prevent                Patent Act section 282, including
                                                 seventeen questions on ten broad topics,                any misuse of the AIA proceedings, the                construing each claim of the patent in
                                                 including a general catchall question, to               Office proposes to amend 37 CFR 42.11                 accordance with the ordinary and
                                                 gather stakeholder feedback on any                      (which prescribes the duty of candor                  customary meaning of such claim as
                                                 changes to the AIA trial proceedings                    owed to the Office in these proceedings)              understood by one of ordinary skill in
                                                 that might be beneficial. See Request for               to include a Federal Rule of Civil                    the art, the prosecution history
                                                 Comments, 79 FR at 36476–77. The                        Procedure Rule 11-type certification for              pertaining to the patent, and prior
                                                 Office received thirty-seven comments                   all papers filed with the Board in these              judicial determinations and stipulations
                                                 from bar associations, corporations, law                proceedings, including a provision for                relating to the patent.’’ The commenter
                                                 firms, and individuals encompassing a                   sanctions for misconduct in connection                also stated that ‘‘the PTAB should apply
                                                 wide range of issues. The Office                        with such papers. If appropriate, such                the Phillips construction during AIA
                                                 expresses its gratitude for the thoughtful              misconduct in the course of AIA                       trials because they are adjudicative
                                                 and comprehensive comments provided                     proceedings might also be reported to                 proceedings like litigation,’’ and not
                                                 by the public, which are available on                   the Office of Enrollment and Discipline.              examination proceedings like inter
                                                 the USPTO Web site: http://                                                                                   partes reexamination.
                                                                                                         Claim Construction Standard
                                                 www.uspto.gov/page/comments-trial-                                                                               Response: The comments favoring
                                                 proceedings-under-america-invents-act-                     The Office asked, ‘‘Under what                     retention of the BRI approach are
                                                 patent-trial-and-appeal-board.                          circumstances, if any, should the Board               adopted. The Office appreciates the
                                                    Several commenters expressed                         decline to construe a claim in an                     suggestions and will continue to apply
                                                 satisfaction with the current rules                     unexpired patent in accordance with its               the broadest reasonable interpretation
                                                 governing AIA trial proceedings, and                    broadest reasonable construction in                   standard to claims in an unexpired
                                                 several commenters offered suggestions                  light of the specification of the patent in           patent at issue in an AIA proceeding.
                                                 on how to strengthen the AIA trial                      which it appears?’’ 79 FR at 36476. The               The United States Court of Appeals for
                                                 proceeding rules. For example, some                     Office received comments advocating                   the Federal Circuit (‘‘Federal Circuit’’)
                                                 suggestions concerned the claim                         various positions, including that it                  has held recently that the Office is
                                                 construction standard used by the                       should continue to apply the broadest                 authorized to employ the broadest
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 PTAB, motions to amend, discovery                       reasonable interpretation standard in                 reasonable construction approach to
                                                 procedures, and handling of multiple                    construing terms of an unexpired                      construing terms of an unexpired patent
                                                 proceedings. The Office addressed all                   patent, that it should use a Phillips-type            at issue in an inter partes review
                                                 public comments that involved changes                   construction standard for all patents at              proceeding—the Federal Circuit found
                                                 to the page limitations for a patent                    issue in AIA proceedings, and that it use             that the BRI approach is consistent with
                                                 owner’s motion to amend or a                            the claim construction standard set forth             legislative intent and reasonable under
                                                 petitioner’s reply brief in the first, final            in Phillips v. AWH Corp., 415 F.3d 130                the Office’s rulemaking authority. In re
                                                 rulemaking. The Office will address the                 (Fed. Cir. 2005 (en banc), under certain              Cuozzo Speed Techs., LLC, No. 2014–


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50722                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 1301, 2015 WL 4097949, at *7–8 (Fed.                    Office proposes to apply a Phillips-type              received a spectrum of comments that
                                                 Cir. July 8, 2015). In making this                      standard during the proceeding.                       ranged from seeking no change in
                                                 determination, the Federal Circuit                         A scenario where it is clear that a                amendment practice to proposals for
                                                 observed that ‘‘[t]here is no indication                patent will expire before a final decision            liberal grant of amendments in AIA
                                                 that the AIA was designed to change the                 is issued by the Office is a definitive               proceedings. The Office addresses these
                                                 claim construction standard that the                    circumstance where a petitioner can                   comments below.
                                                 PTO has applied for more than 100                       determine which claim construction                       Since receipt of these comments, the
                                                 years. Congress is presumed to legislate                will be applied with guidance from the                Office has clarified its statement made
                                                 against the background of the kind of                   Office. Specifically, the Office proposes             in Idle Free System, Inc. v. Bergstrom,
                                                 longstanding, consistent existing law                   to amend 37 CFR 42.100(b), 42.200(b),                 Inc., Case IPR2012–00027 (PTAB June
                                                 that is present here. Moreover, Congress                and 42.300(b) to reflect this change in               11, 2013) (Paper 26) (informative), that
                                                 in enacting the AIA was well aware that                 the claim construction standard for                   ‘‘[t]he burden is not on the petitioner to
                                                 the broadest reasonable interpretation                  claims in patents that will expire before             show unpatentability, but on the patent
                                                 standard was the prevailing rule.’’ Id. at              a final written decision is issued in an              owner to show patentable distinction
                                                 *6. The Federal Circuit recognized that                 AIA proceeding. The Office also intends               over the prior art of record and also
                                                 because an inter partes review                          to issue specific guidelines in the Office            prior art known to the patent owner.’’
                                                 proceeding provides the patent owner                    Patent Trial Practice Guide. The Office               Id. at 7 (emphasis added). Specifically,
                                                 the opportunity to amend its claims, use                invites comments on how to structure                  the Office addressed what the references
                                                 of the broadest reasonable interpretation               guidelines to implement this change.                  to ‘‘prior art of record’’ and ‘‘prior art
                                                 approach is appropriate, regardless of                  For instance, the Office welcomes                     known to the patent owner’’ mean, and
                                                 ‘‘the fact that IPR may be said to be                   comments on the following questions:                  how the burden of production shifts to
                                                 adjudicatory rather than an                             Should the Office set forth guidelines                the petitioner once the patent owner has
                                                 examination.’’ Id. at *16. The Federal                  where a petitioner may determine,                     made its prima facie case for
                                                 Circuit also stated, ‘‘[a]lthough the                   before filing a petition, which claim                 patentability of the amendment. See
                                                 opportunity to amend is cabined in the                  construction approach will be applied                 MasterImage 3D, Inc. v. RealD Inc., Case
                                                 IPR setting, it is thus nonetheless                     by the Office based on the relevant                   IPR2015–00040, slip op. at 1–3 (PTAB
                                                 available,’’ and specifically addressed                 facts? Should the petitioner, who                     July 15, 2015) (Paper 42). This decision
                                                 the prohibition on post-issuance                        believes that the subject patent will                 clarifies that a patent owner must argue
                                                 broadening at issue in the case, further                expire prior to issuance of a final                   for the patentability of the proposed
                                                 stating that at least this restriction on               written decision, be required to submit               substitute claims over the prior art of
                                                 motions to amend ‘‘does not distinguish                 claim interpretation analysis under both              record, including any art provided in
                                                 pre-IPR processes or undermine the                      a Phillips-type and broadest reasonable               light of a patent owner’s duty of candor,
                                                 inferred congressional authorization of                 interpretation approaches or state that               and any other prior art or arguments
                                                 the broadest reasonable interpretation                  either approach yields the same result?               supplied by the petitioner, in
                                                 standard in IPRs.’’ Cuozzo, 2015 WL                     Should the Office entertain briefing after            conjunction with the requirement that
                                                 4097949, at 7.                                          a petition if filed, but before a patent              the proposed substitute claims be
                                                    Comment 3: The Office received                       owner preliminary response is filed,                  narrower than the claims that are being
                                                 multiple comments recommending                          concerning what standard should be                    replaced.
                                                 changing the claim construction                         applied?                                                 Comment 1: A number of commenters
                                                 standard in certain circumstances.                         As to the remaining scenarios set forth            expressed satisfaction with the Board’s
                                                 These commenters advocated for the use                  by commenters, the Office will continue               current rules and practices for motions
                                                 of the claim construction standard set                  to apply a broadest reasonable                        to amend. One commenter identified
                                                 forth in Phillips v. AWH Corp., 415 F.3d                interpretation standard because at the                Idle Free Systems, Inc. v. Bergstrom,
                                                 1303 (Fed. Cir. 2005) (en banc) for some                time that a petition is filed in each of              Inc., Case IPR2014–00027 (PTAB June
                                                 or all of the following circumstances: (a)              those scenarios, the patent owner’s                   11, 2013) (Paper 26) (informative), as
                                                 Unexpired patents where the ability to                  ability to amend remains available. To                outlining practices consistent with
                                                 amend claims is no longer present in the                allow the patent owner unilaterally to                congressional intent and ‘‘striking an
                                                 trial, such as when a patent owner has                  decide to forego any opportunity to                   appropriate balance between the
                                                 elected to forego the opportunity to                    amend after a petition has been filed,                public’s interest in challenging the
                                                 amend; (b) unexpired patents where the                  and thereby opt-in to a Phillips-type                 patentability of questionable patents
                                                 patent will expire prior to the final                   construction, appears to be unworkable,               and a patent owner’s interest in
                                                 decision; (c) unexpired patents subject                 given the timeline applicable to AIA                  maintaining patent protection for a
                                                 to a terminal disclaimer prior to final                 proceedings. In particular, the timeline              legitimate invention.’’ Another
                                                 decision; and/or (d) unexpired patents                  would not allow a petitioner adequate                 commenter stated that although the
                                                 when the parties to the trial have each                 time to amend the petition to reflect a               Board’s current requirements for
                                                 filed claim construction briefings in                   different claim construction standard.                motions to amend provide patent
                                                 another tribunal on terms at issue in the               The Office invites comments suggesting                owners with a fair opportunity to
                                                 trial.                                                  any workable and efficient solutions for              narrow claims in response to a
                                                    Response: These comments are                         scenarios where the patent owner                      petitioner’s arguments and provide
                                                 adopted in part. The Office agrees that                 chooses to forego the right to amend                  petitioners with fair notice regarding the
                                                 the application of a Phillips-type claim                claims in an AIA proceeding, including                type of amendment they need to rebut,
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 construction for claims of a patent that                any suggested revisions to the rules or               the Office should consider providing
                                                 will expire prior to the issuance of a                  the Office Patent Trial Practice Guide.               consistent guidance through a
                                                 final decision is appropriate. Such                                                                           precedential opinion or other means.
                                                 patents essentially lack any viable                     Patent Owner’s Motions To Amend                          Response: These comments are
                                                 opportunity to amend the claims in an                     The Office asked, ‘‘What                            adopted. The Office is committed to
                                                 AIA proceeding. Therefore, for patents                  modifications, if any, should be made to              improving its rules and practices for
                                                 that will expire prior to issuance of any               the Board’s practice regarding motions                motions to amend and AIA trial practice
                                                 final written decision by the Office, the               to amend?’’ 79 FR at 36476. The Office                in general. Accordingly, the Office will


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                            50723

                                                 continue to make improvements and                       challenging patentability of any                      Patent Owner’s evidence and arguments
                                                 clarifications via the rule-making                      substitute claims. Therefore, the                     and/or by identifying and applying
                                                 process, by updating the Office Patent                  ultimate burden of persuasion on patent               additional prior art against proposed
                                                 Trial Practice Guide, and by designating                owner’s motion to amend remains best                  substitute claims. Patent Owner has an
                                                 opinions as precedential or informative,                situated with the patent owner, to                    opportunity to respond in its reply. The
                                                 as warranted. For example, as discussed                 ensure that there is a clear                          ultimate burden of persuasion remains
                                                 above, the Office has issued an opinion                 representation on the record that the                 with Patent Owner, the movant, to
                                                 that clarifies what is meant by ‘‘prior art             proposed substitute claims are                        demonstrate the patentability of the
                                                 of record’’ and ‘‘prior art known to the                patentable, given that there is no                    amended claims.’’ MasterImage, slip op.
                                                 patent owner’’ in the context of a patent               opportunity for separate examination of               at 2 (citing Microsoft, 2015 WL 3747257,
                                                 owner’s prima facie case of patentability               these newly proposed substitute claims                at *12).
                                                 in a motion to amend. See MasterImage,                  in these adjudicatory-style AIA                          Comment 4: Several commenters
                                                 slip op. at 1–3.                                        proceedings. See Microsoft Corp. v.                   suggested that patent owners should not
                                                    Comment 2: One commenter                             Proxyconn, Inc., Nos. 2014–1542, 2014–                be required to cancel a challenged claim
                                                 advocated eliminating the opportunity                   1543, 2015 WL 3747257, at *12 (Fed.                   in order to submit a substitute claim
                                                 to amend claims in AIA trial                            Cir. June 16, 2015) (stating ultimate                 and/or should be permitted to propose
                                                 proceedings based on the premise that                   burden of persuasion remains with the                 more than one substitute claim per
                                                 AIA trial proceedings are better                        patent owner, the movant, to                          challenged claim.
                                                 designed to be expedited proceedings                    demonstrate the patentability of the                     Response: Rule 42.221(a)(3) provides
                                                 for determining claim patentability, not                substitute claims).                                   that a motion to amend may ‘‘cancel a
                                                 an examination.                                            The Board’s decision in MasterImage                challenged claim or propose a
                                                    Response: As the commenter                           clarifies the meaning of the terms ‘‘prior            reasonable number of substitute
                                                 recognizes, a patent owner’s right to file              art of record’’ and ‘‘prior art known to              claims,’’ and for efficiency, sets forth the
                                                 a motion to amend is statutorily                        the patent owner’’ as set forth in Idle               rebuttable presumption ‘‘that only one
                                                 mandated (35 U.S.C. 316(d), 326(d)), as                 Free, which stated that the burden is on              substitute claim would be needed to
                                                 is the duty of the Director to provide                  the patent owner ‘‘to show patentable                 replace each challenged claim.’’ As 37
                                                 standards and procedures for allowing                   distinction over the prior art of record              CFR 42.121(a)(3) and 42.221(a)(3)
                                                 such amendment (35 U.S.C. 316(a)(9),                    and also prior art known to the patent                provides, this presumption ‘‘may be
                                                 326(a)(9)). Absent a change in statutory                owner.’’ Idle Free, slip op. at 7. The                rebutted by a demonstration of need.’’
                                                 authority, the Office cannot withdraw                   Office stated in MasterImage that, ‘‘[t]he            This strikes a reasonable balance
                                                 the opportunity to amend claims in AIA                  reference to ‘prior art of record’ in the             between maintaining the efficiency of
                                                 trial proceedings.                                      above-quoted text, as well as                         the proceedings and allowing a patent
                                                    Comment 3: Several commenters                        everywhere else in Idle Free, should be               owner to present additional substitute
                                                 stated that the burden of proving the                   understood as referring to: a. any                    claims when need is shown. Although
                                                 patentability of any proposed substitute                material art in the prosecution history of            patent owners are encouraged to submit
                                                 claim should remain with the patent                     the patent; b. any material art of record             a single substitute claim for each
                                                 owner. Other commenters stated the                      in the current proceeding, including art              canceled claim, the Rules do not
                                                 contrary—that the burden should be                      asserted in grounds on which the Board                prohibit a motion to amend that
                                                 shifted to the patent challenger to prove               did not institute review; and c. any                  proposes more than one replacement
                                                 a proposed substitute claim                             material art of record in any other                   claim for each cancelled claim. Patent
                                                 unpatentable. Other commenters                          proceeding before the Office involving                owners are encouraged to confer with
                                                 suggested intermediate positions                        the patent.’’ MasterImage, slip op. at 2.             the Board where an appropriate
                                                 targeted to reducing the burden on the                  The Office also stated that the term                  showing of need can be made. The
                                                 patent owner, who submits a motion to                   ‘‘prior art known to the patent owner,’’              Board does not, however, contemplate a
                                                 amend, by requiring that the patent                     as used in Idle Free, ‘‘should be                     change in rules or practice at this time.
                                                 owner only bear the burden of proving                   understood as no more than the material                  Comment 5: Several commenters
                                                 patentability over the cited art in the                 prior art that Patent Owner makes of                  suggested that motions to amend should
                                                 petition or asserted grounds of                         record in the current proceeding                      be liberally allowed. One commenter
                                                 unpatentability. Another commenter                      pursuant to its duty of candor and good               suggested the Office should evaluate a
                                                 suggested that, similar to practice before              faith to the Office under 37 CFR 42.11,               motion to amend in the same way that
                                                 the European Patent Office, motions to                  in light of a Motion to Amend.’’ Id.                  the entry of a supplemental response in
                                                 amend in AIA trials could include the                      At this time, the Office does not                  prosecution is evaluated, as under 37
                                                 participation of a USPTO Examiner                       contemplate seeking assistance from the               CFR 1.111(a)(2).
                                                 from the technology center, preferably                  Examining Corps for review of motions                    Response: These suggestions are not
                                                 the examiner who originally granted the                 to amend.                                             adopted. Under 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(9) and
                                                 subject patent, and be limited to                          In addition, the Office has clarified              326(a)(9), the Office has the authority to
                                                 reviewing the broadest claim of a                       how the burden of production shifts                   set forth standards and procedures for
                                                 substitute claim set to allow patent                    between the parties with regard to a                  allowing a patent owner to move to
                                                 owners to present multiple narrowing                    motion to amend. ‘‘With respect to a                  amend the patent under 35 U.S.C.
                                                 claim sets as fallback positions.                       motion to amend, once Patent Owner                    316(d) and 326(d). And 35 U.S.C. 316(d)
                                                    Response: These comments are                         has set forth a prima facie case of                   and 326(d) sets forth certain statutory
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 adopted in part. The Board currently                    patentability of narrower substitute                  limitations for amendments for a patent
                                                 does not contemplate a change in rules                  claims over the prior art of record, the              in an AIA proceeding, including
                                                 or practice to shift the ultimate burden                burden of production shifts to the                    limiting the number of proposed claims
                                                 of persuasion on patentability of                       petitioner. In its opposition, the                    to a ‘‘reasonable number of substitute
                                                 proposed substitute claims from the                     petitioner may explain why the patent                 claims’’ (35 U.S.C. 316(d)(1)(B)) and
                                                 patent owner to the petitioner.                         owner did not make out a prima facie                  prohibiting amendments that ‘‘enlarge
                                                 Depending on the amendment, a                           case of patentability, or attempt to rebut            the scope of the claims of the patent or
                                                 petitioner may not have an interest in                  that prima facie case, by addressing                  introduce new matter’’ (35 U.S.C.


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50724                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 316(d)(3)). Thus, by statute, motions to                   Response: These comments are                       to these further comments by the patent
                                                 amend cannot be entered in the same                     adopted in part as set forth above. The               owner.
                                                 way as amendments that are entered                      Office has explained how the burden of                   Response: If the Board deems it
                                                 during prosecution, which are not                       production shifts to the petitioner once              appropriate, the Board may allow a
                                                 bound by such restrictions.                             the patent owner has set forth a prima                patent owner to cure minor defects in a
                                                   Moreover, AIA proceedings are                         facie case of patentability of narrower               motion to amend upon request. Given
                                                 neither ex parte patent prosecution nor                 substitute claims. MasterImage, slip op.              the time constraints of these
                                                 patent reexamination or reissue. The                    at 3. Also, 37 CFR 42.121(a) and                      proceedings, however, the suggested
                                                 Board does not conduct a prior art                      42.122(a) require the patent owner to                 further exchange of briefing may be
                                                 search to evaluate the patentability of                 hold a conference call with the Office                incompatible with the case schedule. To
                                                 the proposed substitute claims, and any                 before the patent owner files a motion                the extent a patent owner is aware of
                                                 such requirement would be impractical                   to amend. During that call, the judges                any such defects, the Office
                                                 given the statutory structure of AIA                    provide technical guidance to the patent              recommends that the patent owner seek
                                                 proceedings. If a motion to amend is                    owner and the petitioner regarding the                authorization from the Board to revise
                                                 granted, the substitute claims become                   motion. If the parties have questions                 its motion to amend as soon as possible.
                                                 part of an issued patent, without any                   regarding the proper scope of a motion                   Comment 8: Several commenters
                                                 further examination by the Office.                      to amend, the parties may discuss those               suggested that the Office should rescind
                                                 Because of this constraint, the Office has              issues with the judges during the                     the patent owner estoppel provision of
                                                 set forth rules for motions to amend that               conference call. In addition, the Board               37 CFR 42.73(d)(3) because the
                                                 account for the absence of an                           notes the following Board decisions on                commenters believed the Rule
                                                 independent examination by the Office                   motions to amend as further guidance:                 ‘‘precludes a patent owner from
                                                 where a prior art search is performed as                MasterImage, slip op. at 1–3); Idle Free              obtaining from the Office in another
                                                 would be done during prosecution,                       Systems, Inc. v. Bergstrom, Inc., Case                proceeding a patent claim that could
                                                                                                         IPR2012–00027 (PTAB June 11, 2013)                    have been filed in response to any
                                                 reexamination, or reissue.
                                                                                                         (Paper 26) (informative); Int’l Flavors &             properly raised ground of
                                                   As set forth above, however, the
                                                                                                         Fragrances Inc. v. United States of                   unpatentability for a finally refused or
                                                 Office does recognize a clarification of                                                                      cancelled claim.’’
                                                 amendment practice that affirmatively                   America, Case IPR2013–00124 (PTAB
                                                                                                                                                                  Response: This suggestion is not
                                                 states that a patent owner must argue for               May 20, 2014) (Paper 12) (informative);
                                                                                                                                                               adopted. Under 37 CFR 42.73(d)(3), a
                                                 the patentability of the proposed                       Corning Optical Comms. RF, LLC v. PPC
                                                                                                                                                               patent applicant or owner is precluded
                                                 substitute claims over the prior art of                 Broadband, Inc., Case IPR2014–00441
                                                                                                                                                               from taking action inconsistent with the
                                                 record, including art provided in light of              (PTAB Oct. 30, 2014) (Paper 19);
                                                                                                                                                               adverse judgment, including obtaining
                                                 a patent owner’s duty of candor and any                 Riverbed Tech., Inc. v. Silver Peak
                                                                                                                                                               in any patent (1) A claim that is not
                                                 other prior art or arguments supplied by                Systems, Inc., Case IPR2013–00403
                                                                                                                                                               patentably distinct from a finally
                                                 the petitioner, in conjunction with the                 (PTAB Dec. 30, 2014) (Paper 33); Reg                  refused or canceled claim; or (2) An
                                                 statutory requirement that the proposed                 Synthetic Fuels LLC v. Neste Oil OYJ,                 amendment of a specification or of a
                                                 substitute claims be narrower than the                  Case IPR2014–00192 (PTAB June 5,                      drawing that was denied during the trial
                                                 claims that are being replaced. In light                2015) (Paper 48).                                     proceeding, but this provision does not
                                                 of these requirements, the Office has                      As for whether to revise the Rules and             apply to an application or patent that
                                                 explained how the burden of production                  the Trial Practice Guide to state that a              has a different written description.
                                                 shifts to the petitioner once the patent                reissue application can be utilized as a              Thus, 37 CFR 42.73(d)(3) does not
                                                 owner has set forth a prima facie case                  mechanism for amending the claims                     expressly preclude a patent owner from
                                                 of patentability of narrower substitute                 after final written decision, the Office              obtaining, in another proceeding, all
                                                 claims. MasterImage, slip op. at 3.                     declines to propose a blanket rule                    patent claims that could have been filed
                                                   Comment 6: Several commenters                         applicable to all reissues, which have                in response to any properly raised
                                                 suggested that the Office provide                       additional requirements governing those               ground of unpatentability for a finally
                                                 additional guidance in conferences                      proceedings.                                          refused or cancelled claim, as the
                                                 regarding motion to amend practice,                        As for distinguishing between the                  commenters suggest. By its terms, this
                                                 including guidance on what prior art the                burden of persuasion for permitting the               rule precludes a patent applicant or
                                                 patent owner needs to distinguish in a                  Board to consider a motion to amend                   owner from obtaining, in another
                                                 motion to amend. One commenter                          and the burden of proof as to                         proceeding, claims that are not
                                                 stated that the Office could confirm for                patentability, the patent owner has a                 patentably distinct from a finally
                                                 a patent owner whether a new prior art                  statutory right to file a motion to amend             refused or canceled claim.
                                                 search is required and whether                          under 35 U.S.C. 316(d) and 326(d).                       Comment 9: One commenter
                                                 providing information similar to the                    Thus, there is no burden of persuasion                suggested that the rules are unfair
                                                 accelerated examination support                         for permitting the Board to consider a                because the patent owner must file its
                                                 documents (ESD) would be sufficient for                 motion to amend, as the Board must                    motion to amend at the same time that
                                                 a patent owner to carry its burden.                     consider a motion to amend that is filed              it files its patent owner response. The
                                                 Another commenter suggested making                      in a proceeding.                                      commenter states, ‘‘[t]herefore, the
                                                 clear in the Rules and the Trial Practice                  Comment 7: One commenter                           patent owner must put forward all its
                                                 Guide that a reissue application can be                 suggested that the Office should allow                arguments for patentability without
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 utilized after a final written decision as              patent owners to cure minor defects in                knowing whether the original or
                                                 an examination mechanism for                            motions to amend, such as the failure to              amended claims will be reviewed by the
                                                 amending claims and that the burden of                  construe a claim term that the Board                  PTAB.’’
                                                 persuasion for permitting the Board to                  deems necessary or failure to provide                    Response: When the patent owner
                                                 consider a motion to amend is not the                   written description support for the                   files its patent owner response, the
                                                 same as the burden of proof as to the                   substitute claim language. The                        Board will have issued its decision on
                                                 patentability of any claims that are the                commenter further suggested that the                  institution, which identifies the grounds
                                                 subject to a motion to amend.                           petitioner should be allowed to respond               and claims on which the inter partes or


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                           50725

                                                 post-grant review is instituted.                        substantial new question of                           be allowed to rely on new testimonial
                                                 Moreover, AIA proceedings before the                    patentability in reexamination.                       evidence in its preliminary response to
                                                 Office are required, by statute, to be                    Response: This suggestion is not                    the petition given that the petitioner
                                                 completed no later than one year from                   adopted. The rules for a request for ex               may rely upon such evidence in its
                                                 the date on which the Director notices                  parte reexamination apply different                   petition, and that the current practice of
                                                 the institution of a review, except where               parameters than the rules for motions to              not allowing a patent owner to rely on
                                                 good cause is shown to extend the one-                  amend in AIA proceedings. Compare 37                  such evidence is unfair. Within these
                                                 year period, which extension may be no                  CFR 1.510(b) with 37 CFR 42.121,                      comments were examples of testimonial
                                                 more than six months. 35 U.S.C.                         42.221. Thus, the Office cannot convert               evidence that should be allowed in a
                                                 316(a)(11); 37 CFR 42.100(c). Due to the                a denied motion to amend into an ex                   preliminary response, such as testimony
                                                 time constraints imposed on these                       parte reexamination of the proposed                   related to claim construction, issues
                                                 proceedings, the Office deemed it most                  substitute claims that does not address               regarding obviousness, and issues for
                                                 efficient for patent owners to file their               the requirements of a request for ex                  which the patent owner has the burden
                                                 motions to amend no later than the                      parte reexamination.                                  of proof. Certain comments suggested
                                                 filing of the patent owner response. See                Patent Owner’s Preliminary Response                   that early development of the record
                                                 37 CFR 42.121, 42.221. The patent                                                                             would increase efficiency by leading to
                                                 owner, however, may file a motion to                       The Office asked, ‘‘Should new                     fewer institutions or institution on
                                                 amend at an earlier stage of the                        testimonial evidence be permitted in a                fewer grounds. Other comments said
                                                 proceeding.                                             Patent Owner Preliminary Response? If                 that the current rule should not be
                                                                                                         new testimonial evidence is permitted,                changed because the time period prior
                                                    Comment 10: One commenter
                                                                                                         how can the Board meet the statutory                  to institution does not allow a petitioner
                                                 suggested that when a patent owner
                                                                                                         deadline to determine whether to                      to evaluate fully the new evidence, the
                                                 concedes the unpatentability of an
                                                                                                         institute a proceeding while ensuring                 petitioner would not have an
                                                 existing claim and files a non-
                                                                                                         fair treatment of all parties?’’ 79 FR at             opportunity to cross-examine the
                                                 contingent motion to amend, claim                       36476. The Office received comments
                                                 cancellation should take place                                                                                witness, and the patent owner has a full
                                                                                                         that range from advocating preserving                 opportunity to submit evidence post-
                                                 immediately. The commenter stated                       the current prohibition on the patent
                                                 that, under current practice, the                                                                             institution.
                                                                                                         owner’s ability to assert new testimonial                Response: The Office proposes to
                                                 conceded claim remains in effect until                  evidence at the preliminary response
                                                 the Board issues its final written                                                                            amend the rules for the patent owner
                                                                                                         stage, an intermediate position of                    preliminary response (37 CFR 42.107,
                                                 decision, which allows the patent owner                 allowing new testimonial evidence on
                                                 to assert the conceded claim in parallel                                                                      42.207) to allow new testimonial
                                                                                                         issues for which the patent owner bears               evidence, thereby adopting the
                                                 proceedings. Accordingly, the                           the burden of proof or in response to                 suggestions that the patent owner be
                                                 commenter suggested that a patent                       petitioner’s declarant, to allowance of               allowed to rely upon supporting
                                                 owner should not be permitted to                        new testimonial evidence by patent                    testimonial evidence in response to the
                                                 concede a claim’s patentability before                  owner at the preliminary response stage               petition. Sections 313 and 323 of Title
                                                 the Board while continuing to assert it                 with no restriction on scope.                         35 state that the patent owner may file
                                                 in litigation.                                          Commenters did express an overall                     a preliminary response that sets forth
                                                    Response: This suggestion is not                     concern with the ability of parties to                reasons why no institution should be
                                                 adopted. The defendant in such                          conduct adequate discovery relating to                granted. Therefore, the Office believes
                                                 litigation may seek relief before the                   testimonial evidence and adhering to                  that it would be fair and equitable to
                                                 district court. The Board typically                     the statutory timeline for instituting                consider supporting evidence submitted
                                                 considers all papers at once for                        proceedings.                                          with a preliminary response.
                                                 purposes of rendering the final written                    The Office proposes amending the                      If supporting evidence is submitted by
                                                 decision. That practice is generally most               rules to allow the patent owner to file               a patent owner, cross-examination of the
                                                 efficient, in light of the large number of              new testimonial evidence with its                     witness providing the testimony is
                                                 cases pending before the Board. Also, a                 preliminary response. In order to be able             likely to be permitted only after the
                                                 patent owner who asserts a claim in a                   to meet the three-month statutory                     institution of the proceeding, given the
                                                 parallel proceeding that was conceded                   deadline for issuing a decision on                    time constraints surrounding the
                                                 to be unpatentable may face potential                   institution, the rules will provide                   institution decision. Section
                                                 sanctions, and registered practitioners                 expressly that no right of cross-                     316(a)(5)(A) of Title 35 states that the
                                                 who assert such a claim may face                        examination of a declarant exists before              Director shall prescribe regulations
                                                 disciplinary investigation by the Office                institution. Because the time frame for               setting forth standards and procedures
                                                 of Enrollment and Discipline. In the                    the preliminary phase of an AIA                       for discovery of relevant evidence
                                                 event, however, that a patent owner                     proceeding does not allow for such                    including the depositions of witnesses
                                                 concedes unpatentability and requests                   cross-examination as of right, nor for the            submitting affidavits or declarations.
                                                 cancellation of any claims, the parties                 petitioner to file a reply brief as of right,         Allowing for cross-examination as of
                                                 may request a conference call with the                  the Office proposes amending the rules                right prior to the institution of a
                                                 panel to request cancellation of those                  to provide that any factual dispute that              proceeding would negatively impact the
                                                 claims before issuing the final written                 is material to the institution decision               ability of the Office to meet the statutory
                                                 decision.                                               will be resolved in favor of the                      requirements set out in 35 U.S.C. 314(b)
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                    Comment 11: One commenter                            petitioner solely for purposes of making              and 324(c), and would result in more
                                                 suggested that if a motion to amend is                  a determination about whether to                      cost to the parties before a review is
                                                 denied, the patent owner should be                      institute. This is proposed, among other              instituted.
                                                 allowed to convert the denied motion to                 reasons, to preserve petitioner’s right to               In order for the Board to act
                                                 amend into an ex parte reexamination of                 challenge statements made by the patent               consistently when confronted with
                                                 the substitute claims. Accordingly, any                 owner’s declarant.                                    material factual disputes in the
                                                 prior art raised in either the motion or                   Comment 1: Several commenters                      institution decision briefing and
                                                 the opposition should be applied as the                 suggested that the patent owner should                evidence, the Office proposes that any


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50726                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 such factual disputes will be resolved in                 Response: Because the Office                        of information a party reasonably can
                                                 favor of the petitioner solely for                      proposes to amend the rules for the                   figure out, generate, obtain, or assemble
                                                 purposes of deciding whether to                         patent owner preliminary response (37                 without a discovery request would not
                                                 institute. The petitioner also will be                  CFR 42.107, 42.207) to allow new                      be in the interest of justice.
                                                 afforded an opportunity to seek                         testimonial evidence, additional                         4. Easily Understandable Instructions.
                                                 permission to file a reply brief to                     clarification is not necessary.                       The requests themselves should be
                                                 respond to a preliminary response that                                                                        easily understandable. For example, ten
                                                                                                         Additional Discovery                                  pages of complex instructions are prima
                                                 presents testimonial evidence, though it
                                                 will not be able to file such a reply as                   The Office asked, ‘‘Are the factors                facie unclear.
                                                 of right.                                               enumerated in the Board’s decision in                    5. Requests Not Overly Burdensome
                                                    Comment 2: The Office received                       Garmin v. Cuozzo, IPR2012–00001,                      To Answer. The Board considers
                                                 several comments suggesting that the                    appropriate to consider in deciding                   financial burden, burden on human
                                                 Board provide for the submission of a                   whether to grant a request for additional             resources, and burden on meeting the
                                                 petitioner reply to the patent owner                    discovery? What additional factors, if                time schedule of the review. Requests
                                                 preliminary response, particularly if the               any, should be considered?’’ 79 FR at                 should be sensible and responsibly
                                                 Board were to amend the rule for the                    36476. The Office provides guidance on                tailored according to a genuine need.
                                                                                                         its Web site, see, e.g., http://                         Garmin Int’l, Inc. v. Cuozzo Speed
                                                 patent owner preliminary response to
                                                                                                         www.uspto.gov/blog/aia/entry/message_                 Techs. LLC, Case IPR2012–00001, slip
                                                 allow new testimonial evidence. Many
                                                                                                         from_administrative_patent_judges, in                 op. at 6–7 (PTAB Mar. 5, 2013) (Paper
                                                 of these commenters stated that the
                                                                                                         response to comments generated from                   26) (informative). The Office also
                                                 petition itself is limited because the
                                                                                                         these questions, and plans to revise the              applies similar factors in post-grant
                                                 petitioner cannot anticipate all
                                                                                                         Office Patent Trial Practice Guide to                 reviews and covered business method
                                                 arguments that the patent owner may
                                                                                                         reflect this guidance.                                patent reviews when deciding whether
                                                 make (e.g., the patent owner preliminary
                                                                                                            Comment 1: A number of comments                    the requested additional discovery is
                                                 response may present additional claim                   indicated that the Garmin factors are                 supported by a good cause showing and
                                                 constructions), and that a petitioner’s                 appropriate. Some of the comments                     ‘‘limited to evidence directly related to
                                                 rehearing request does not provide a                    further noted that the Garmin factors                 factual assertions advanced’’ by a party.
                                                 timely opportunity for the petitioner to                help the Office to strike the right                   See 37 CFR 42.224; Bloomberg Inc. v.
                                                 reply to the patent owner preliminary                   balance for AIA trial proceedings,                    Markets-Alert Pty Ltd, Case CBM2013–
                                                 response. However, one commenter                        permitting parties to obtain meaningful               00005, slip op. at 3–5 (PTAB May 29,
                                                 opposed this suggestion, stating that ‘‘in              discovery while preventing expensive,                 2013) (Paper 32).
                                                 all fairness the only way to reasonably                 broad discovery. The comments also                       Comment 2: A comment suggested
                                                 address such a drastic change were it                   urged the Office to continue applying                 that the Office should provide rule-
                                                 implemented would be by the inventor/                   those factors. Several comments also                  based guidance on the ‘‘interest of
                                                 [patent owner] being allowed to then                    expressed the view that the first, third,             justice’’ standard.
                                                 file a sur-reply to Petitioner’s reply                  and fifth Garmin factors provide an                      Response: As discovery disputes are
                                                 . . . .’’ Many of the commenters noted                  important safeguard to minimize costs                 highly fact dependent, the Office has
                                                 the short statutory timeframe for the                   and limit distractions, ensuring fast and             found that the flexible approach as set
                                                 pre-institution phase as a factor that                  efficient resolution on the merits.                   forth in Garmin provides helpful
                                                 limits the number of briefs that may be                    Response: These comments are                       guidance to the parties and assists the
                                                 allowed.                                                adopted. The Office appreciates the                   Office in achieving the appropriate
                                                    Response: Because the Office                         suggestions and will continue to apply                balance, permitting meaningful
                                                 proposes to amend the rules for the                     the Garmin factors on a case-by-case                  discovery, while securing the just,
                                                 patent owner preliminary response (37                   basis when considering whether                        speedy, and inexpensive resolution of
                                                 CFR 42.107, 42.207) to allow new                        additional discovery in an inter partes               every proceeding.
                                                 testimonial evidence, the Office                        review is necessary in the interest of                   Comment 3: One comment suggested
                                                 proposes to change the rules to provide                 justice, as follows:                                  that the Office should continue to place
                                                 for a petitioner to seek leave to file a                   1. More Than A Possibility And Mere                emphasis on maintaining the one-year
                                                 reply to the patent owner preliminary                   Allegation. The mere possibility of                   trial schedule by encouraging parties to
                                                 response. In particular, each of 35                     finding something useful, and mere                    raise discovery issues early in the
                                                 U.S.C. 316(a)(13) and 326(a)(12) states                 allegation that something useful will be              proceeding, even during the pre-
                                                 that the Director shall prescribe                       found, are insufficient. Thus, the party              institution stage.
                                                 regulations providing the petitioner                    requesting discovery already should be                   Response: This comment is adopted.
                                                 with ‘‘at least 1 opportunity to file                   in possession of a threshold amount of                As explained in Garmin regarding
                                                 written comments.’’ The Office proposes                 evidence or reasoning tending to show                 Factor 5—discovery requests must not
                                                 to change the rules to provide expressly                beyond speculation that something                     be overly burdensome to answer—the
                                                 that a petitioner may seek leave to file                useful will be uncovered. ‘‘Useful’’ does             Office will consider the burden on
                                                 a reply to a preliminary response                       not mean merely ‘‘relevant’’ or                       meeting the schedule of the proceeding.
                                                 including new testimonial evidence, so                  ‘‘admissible,’’ but rather means                      Garmin, Case IPR2012–00001, slip op.
                                                 that the Office may allow a reply when                  favorable in substantive value to a                   at 7. For example, as discussed below,
                                                 the circumstances so warrant.                           contention of the party moving for                    the Office has granted reasonable,
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                    Comment 3: Several commenters                        discovery.                                            narrowly tailored discovery requests
                                                 requested clarification of ‘‘new                           2. Litigation Positions And                        prior to institution when the patent
                                                 testimonial evidence’’ as used in 37 CFR                Underlying Basis. Asking for the other                owner raises sufficient concerns
                                                 42.107(c). These comments indicated                     party’s litigation positions and the                  regarding the petitioner’s identification
                                                 that the current rules, procedures, and                 underlying basis for those positions is               of real parties-in-interest. Moreover, the
                                                 cases do not provide adequate guidance                  not necessarily in the interest of justice.           Scheduling Order of each trial utilizes
                                                 as to what testimonial evidence is                         3. Ability To Generate Equivalent                  sequenced discovery, whereby parties
                                                 permitted in a preliminary response.                    Information By Other Means. Discovery                 can conduct meaningful discovery


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                          50727

                                                 before they are required to submit their                grant review is supported by a good                   are being applied incorrectly to require
                                                 respective motions and oppositions,                     cause showing, consistent with 35                     the moving party to have the actual
                                                 taking into account the complexity of                   U.S.C. 326(a)(5). The list of factors set             evidence being sought.
                                                 the proceeding, while ensuring that the                 forth in Garmin is not exhaustive. The                   Response: As explained in Garmin,
                                                 trial is completed within one year of                   Office applies the factors on a case-by-              the moving party, who is seeking
                                                 institution. Parties are encouraged to                  case basis, considering the particular                additional discovery, should present a
                                                 raise discovery issues, and confer with                 facts of each discovery request,                      threshold amount of evidence or
                                                 each other regarding such issues, as                    including the particular arguments                    reasoning tending to show beyond
                                                 soon as they arise in a proceeding.                     raised by a party seeking additional                  speculation that something useful will
                                                    Comment 4: One comment suggested                     discovery. Under this flexible approach,              be uncovered. Garmin, Case IPR2012–
                                                 that Factor 2 should not be applied as                  parties are permitted to present their                00001, slip op. at 7–8. This factor
                                                 a per se rule.                                          arguments using different factors                     ensures that the opposing party is not
                                                    Response: Garmin sets forth a flexible               including those suggested in the                      overly burdened, and the proceeding
                                                 approach in which the Garmin factors                    comments. In fact, the suggested                      not unnecessarily delayed, by
                                                 are not per se rules. As explained in                   additional factors are subsumed                       speculative requests where discovery is
                                                 Garmin regarding Factor 2, the Board                    effectively already under the Garmin                  not warranted. The Office, however,
                                                 has established rules and practices for                 factors, and have been considered by the              does not require the moving party to
                                                 the presentation of arguments and                       Office in deciding whether to grant                   have any actual evidence of the type
                                                 evidence, and there is a proper time and                additional discovery requests. See, e.g.,             being sought, for example, where
                                                 place for each party to make its                        Int’l Sec. Exch., LLC v. Chi. Bd. Options             reasoning is presented that tends to
                                                 presentation. Garmin, Case IPR2012–                     Exch., Inc., Case IPR2014–00097 (PTAB                 show beyond speculation that
                                                 00001, slip op. at 13. For instance,                    July 14, 2014) (Paper 20) (granting a                 something useful will be uncovered.
                                                 under 37 CFR 42.51(b)(1) for routine                    specific, narrowly tailored, and                      Furthermore, a party who is dissatisfied
                                                 discovery, a party has the opportunity to               reasonable request for additional                     with a decision and believes the Office
                                                 cross-examine the opposing party’s                      discovery of information that Patent                  misapprehended or overlooked a matter
                                                 declarant with regard to the basis of his               Owner could not have obtained                         in denying additional discovery may file
                                                 or her testimony. Moreover, as                          reasonably without a discovery request).              a request for rehearing, without prior
                                                 discovery disputes are highly fact                      As noted below, the Office frequently                 authorization. See 37 CFR 42.71(d).
                                                 dependent, the Office decides each                      has granted reasonable discovery
                                                 issue on a case-by-case basis, taking                                                                         Obviousness
                                                                                                         requests that are specific, narrowly
                                                 account of the specific facts of the                    tailored, and not overly burdensome in                   The Office asked, ‘‘Under what
                                                 proceeding. See, e.g., Bloomberg Inc. v.                cases where a patent owner timely                     circumstances should the Board permit
                                                 Markets-Alert Pty Ltd., Case CBM2013–                   raises a real party-in-interest or privity            the discovery of evidence of non-
                                                 00005, slip op. at 6–7 (PTAB May 29,                    challenge. See, e.g., Nestle USA, Inc. v.             obviousness held by the Petitioner, for
                                                 2013) (Paper 32) (granting a specific and               Steuben Foods, Case IPR2015–00195                     example, evidence of commercial
                                                 narrowly tailored request seeking                       (PTAB Feb. 27, 2015) (Paper 21)                       success for a product of the Petitioner?
                                                 information considered by an expert                     (granting Patent Owner’s request for a                What limits should be placed on such
                                                 witness in connection with the                          sales agreement between Petitioner and                discovery to ensure that the trial is
                                                 preparation of his declaration filed in                 another entity that allegedly contains                completed by the statutory deadline?’’
                                                 the proceeding).                                        indemnity, control, and cooperation                   79 FR at 36476. The Office provides
                                                    Comment 5: One comment                               provisions).                                          guidance on its Web site, see, e.g.,
                                                 recommended that the Office expressly                      Comment 6: One comment suggested                   http://www.uspto.gov/blog/aia/entry/
                                                 consider the specificity of the request,                combining Factor 4 and Factor 5.                      message_from_administrative_patent_
                                                 require parties to identify requested                      Response: Factor 4 and Factor 5                    judges, in response to comments
                                                 documents with the greatest possible                    address different concerns. In particular,            generated from these questions, and will
                                                 specificity, and reject broad, amorphous                Factor 4 promotes the use of easily                   revise the Office Patent Trial Practice
                                                 requests that do not reasonably identify                understandable instructions and,                      Guide to reflect this guidance.
                                                 responsive documents. Other comments                    thereby, guards against the use of long                  Comment 1: Several comments
                                                 urged the Office to add the following                   and complex instructions that could                   suggested that the Office should permit
                                                 additional factors, ensuring that the                   unduly burden the producing party.                    discovery of evidence of non-
                                                 Garmin factors would be applied                         Factor 5, by contrast, focuses on                     obviousness held by the petitioner in all
                                                 correctly and permitting additional                     burdens and time constraints associated               cases. Another comment indicated that,
                                                 discovery when it is actually warranted:                with complying with a request for                     if a request is narrowly tailored, this
                                                 (1) Whether the information is solely                   additional discovery and, thereby,                    may be one situation where additional
                                                 within the possession of the other party;               assists the Office in limiting discovery              discovery may be permissible. In
                                                 (2) whether the information already has                 to requests that can be satisfied without             contrast, several other comments
                                                 been produced in a related matter; and                  disrupting the schedule, and which do                 recommended that the Office should
                                                 (3) whether the discovery sought relates                not impose undue financial or human                   very rarely, if ever, permit discovery of
                                                 to jurisdictional issues under 35 U.S.C.                resource burdens on the producing                     the petitioner’s product, as it would
                                                 315 and 325.                                            party. As discussed above, parties have               require a mini-trial on whether the
                                                    Response: Garmin sets forth a flexible               the flexibility under the Garmin                      petitioner’s product infringes the patent,
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 and representative framework for                        framework to adopt a different                        overwhelming the AIA trial process,
                                                 providing helpful guidance to the                       combination of factors to present their               undermining the efficient, focused
                                                 parties, and assisting the Office to                    arguments, including combining their                  procedure, making it impossible to
                                                 decide whether additional discovery                     analyses regarding Factor 4 and Factor                conclude the AIA trial proceedings
                                                 requested in an inter partes review is                  5.                                                    within the statutory deadline, and
                                                 necessary in the interest of justice,                      Comment 7: Several comments                        imposing a significant burden on the
                                                 consistent with 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(5), or                 indicated that, although the Garmin                   petitioner. Several comments further
                                                 whether additional discovery in a post-                 factors are appropriate, they sometimes               suggested that the Office should


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50728                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 continue to apply the Garmin factors                    burden on the patent owner. One                       (PTAB May 13, 2015) (Paper 30). The
                                                 (see Garmin Int’l Inc. v. Cuozzo Speed                  comment urged the Office to allow a                   Office plans to add further discussion
                                                 Techs. LLC, IPR2012–00001 (PTAB Mar.                    patent owner to obtain secondary                      on this issue to the Office Patent Trial
                                                 5, 2013) (Paper 26) (informative)),                     consideration evidence from the                       Practice Guide.
                                                 allowing discovery only when the                        petitioner when the patent owner                         Comment 3: One comment
                                                 patent owner establishes that the                       presents a good-faith argument that                   recommended that the Office permit the
                                                 additional discovery is in the interest of              there is a nexus between such evidence                patent owner to serve a limited number
                                                 justice.                                                and the claims, such as by infringement               of focused interrogatories and requests
                                                    Response: The Office appreciates the                 contentions offered in the related                    for production related to secondary
                                                 varying points of view. The Office has                  district court litigation. Several                    considerations, and provide a schedule
                                                 considered these comments and                           comments recommended that a patent                    for the discovery.
                                                 believes that the Garmin factors                        owner should be permitted to obtain                      Response: The Office declines to
                                                 currently provide appropriate and                       additional discovery from a petitioner                adopt a mandatory rule regarding
                                                 sufficient guidance for how to handle                   when the patent owner demonstrates                    additional discovery of secondary
                                                 requests for additional discovery, which                that the petitioner is reasonably likely to           considerations, but will continue to
                                                 the Office will continue to decide on a                 possess evidence of secondary                         entertain the need for such discovery on
                                                 case-by-case basis. The Office will                     considerations, relaxing the first Garmin             a case-by-case basis. Moreover, as
                                                 continue to seek feedback as the case                   Factor. A few other comments suggested                provided in 37 CFR 42.51(a)(1) and
                                                 law develops as to whether a more                       that the Office should permit limited                 (b)(2), parties may agree to additional
                                                 specific rule for this type of discovery                discovery of the petitioner’s evidence of             discovery, including answering focused
                                                 is warranted or needed. The Office                      secondary considerations when the                     interrogatories and production of
                                                 encourages parties to confer and reach                  patent owner has presented a sufficient               documents, even prior to institution.
                                                 an agreement on the information to                      showing of a nexus.                                   The Office also encourages and
                                                 exchange early in the proceeding,                                                                             facilitates such cooperation between
                                                                                                            Response: The Office recognizes that               parties. See, e.g., Square, Inc. v. REM
                                                 resolving discovery issues promptly and
                                                                                                         it is important to provide a patent owner             Holdings 3, LLC, Case IPR2014–00312,
                                                 efficiently. See 37 CFR 42.51(a). As
                                                                                                         a full and fair opportunity to develop                slip op. at 2–4 (PTAB Sep. 15, 2014)
                                                 explained in the Office Patent Trial
                                                                                                         arguments regarding secondary                         (Paper 23) (In response to the Board’s
                                                 Practice Guide, the parties may agree to
                                                                                                         considerations. The Office, therefore,                request, the parties conferred and
                                                 certain initial disclosures, including
                                                 information regarding secondary indicia                 agrees that a conclusive showing of                   reached an agreement as to the Patent
                                                 of non-obviousness from the petitioner.                 nexus between the claimed invention                   Owner’s focused and narrowly tailored
                                                 Office Patent Trial Practice Guide, 77 FR               and the information being sought                      interrogatories and document request.).
                                                 at 48762. In situations in which there is               through discovery is not required at the              Balancing fairness concerns with the
                                                 a disagreement among the parties, the                   time the patent owner requests                        need to meet statutory deadlines, the
                                                 Office will decide on a case-by-case                    additional discovery. Nonetheless, some               Office, at this time, declines to make
                                                 basis whether additional discovery in an                showing of nexus is required to ensure                additional discovery on secondary
                                                 inter partes review is necessary in the                 that additional discovery is necessary in             considerations available as a matter of
                                                 interest of justice, or whether additional              the interest of justice, in an inter partes           right, given that all other types of
                                                 discovery in a post-grant review is                     review, or is supported by a good cause               additional discovery may be obtained
                                                 supported by a good cause showing,                      showing, in a post-grant review. See 35               only upon a showing based on the
                                                 based on the particular facts of each                   U.S.C. 316(a)(5) and 326(a)(5); 37 CFR                Garmin factors.
                                                 request, consistent with 35 U.S.C.                      42.51(b)(2) and 42.224. Notably, as
                                                                                                         explained in Garmin concerning Factor                 Real Party in Interest
                                                 316(a)(5) and 326(a)(5). As discussed
                                                 above, the Garmin factors provide                       1, the mere possibility of finding                       The Office asked, ‘‘Should a Patent
                                                 helpful guidance to the parties and                     something useful, and mere allegation                 Owner be able to raise a challenge
                                                 assist the Office to achieve the                        that something useful will be found, are              regarding a real party in interest at any
                                                 appropriate balance, permitting                         insufficient to demonstrate that the                  time during a trial?’’ 79 FR at 36476.
                                                 meaningful discovery, while securing                    requested discovery is necessary in the               The Office provides guidance below in
                                                 the just, speedy, and inexpensive                       interest of justice. Garmin, slip op. at 6.           response to comments generated from
                                                 resolution of every proceeding. The                     A patent owner seeking secondary                      these questions, and will revise the
                                                 Office plans to add further discussion as               consideration evidence from a petitioner              Office Patent Trial Practice Guide to
                                                 to how the Garmin factors have been                     should present a threshold amount of                  reflect this guidance.
                                                 applied in the Office Patent Trial                      evidence or reasoning tending to show                    Comment 1: A number of comments
                                                 Practice Guide.                                         beyond speculation that something                     indicated that a patent owner should be
                                                    Comment 2: Several comments                          useful will be uncovered. A mere                      able to raise a challenge regarding a real
                                                 indicated that a patent owner seeking                   infringement contention or allegation                 party-in-interest or privity at any time
                                                 additional discovery regarding the                      that the claims reasonably could be read              during a trial proceeding. A few
                                                 petitioner’s product in support of a                    to cover the petitioner’s product is                  comments also suggested that the Office
                                                 commercial success non-obviousness                      generally insufficient, because such a                should encourage or require the patent
                                                 argument should have to show that the                   contention or allegation, for example,                owner to raise this challenge in its
                                                 challenged patent claims read on the                    does not show necessarily that the                    preliminary response, so that the Office
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 petitioner’s product, that the product                  alleged commercial success derives                    could consider this issue when
                                                 was commercially successful, and that                   from the claimed feature. Nor does it                 determining whether or not to institute
                                                 the alleged success resulted from the                   account for other desirable features of               a review and resolve it promptly.
                                                 patented feature. Several other                         the petitioner’s product or market                    Several comments further recommended
                                                 comments, however, suggested that                       position that could have contributed to               that a patent owner may raise this
                                                 requiring a patent owner to prove such                  the alleged commercial success. See e.g.,             challenge after institution if it provides
                                                 a nexus between the evidence being                      John’s Lone Star Distrib., Inc. v.                    a reasonable explanation as to why it
                                                 sought and the claims places too high a                 Thermolife Int’l, LLC, IPR2014–01201                  could not have raised such a challenge


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                           50729

                                                 earlier in the proceeding. One comment,                 participating in the preparation of the               proceedings. Because Congress intended
                                                 however, opposed any change that                        petition or in the review, and (5)                    AIA proceedings to be a quick and cost-
                                                 would allow a patent owner to                           identification of all parties funding the             effective alternative to litigation, the
                                                 challenge the identity of a real party-in-              expenses associated with the review. In               statute provides only limited discovery
                                                 interest at any time during a trial.                    contrast, another comment urged the                   in trial proceedings before the Office.
                                                 Another comment also opposed                            Office not to impose such burdensome                  See 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(5) and 326(a)(5); 37
                                                 allowing patent owners to make a                        mandatory disclosure requirements and                 CFR 42.51(b)(2) and 42.224. Under the
                                                 belated challenge under 35 U.S.C. 312(a)                indicated that the Office’s current                   current practice—applying these
                                                 for a petitioner’s failure to name all real             practice is appropriate for resolving real            statutory standards—the Office
                                                 parties-in-interest.                                    party-in-interest and privity issues in a             frequently has granted discovery
                                                    Response: The Office recognizes that                 low-cost and efficient manner.                        requests directed to real-party-in-
                                                 it is important to resolve real party-in-                  Response: As many cases do not                     interest or privity information, where
                                                 interest and privity issues as early as                 involve real party-in-interest or privity             the requests were specific, narrowly
                                                 possible, preferably in the preliminary                 disputes, the Office, at this time, does              tailored, and not unduly burdensome.
                                                 stage of the proceeding prior to                        not believe that any benefit resulting                See, e.g., Arris Group, Inc. v. C-Cation
                                                 institution, to avoid unnecessary delays                from requiring the parties to provide                 Techs., LLC, Case IPR2015–00635
                                                 and to minimize cost and burden on the                  these highly sensitive, and possibly                  (PTAB May 1, 2015) (Paper 10)
                                                 parties and the resources of the Office.                privileged, documents in every case                   (informative); Zerto, Inc. v. EMC Corp.,
                                                 In most cases, the patent owner also                    would outweigh the additional cost and                Case IPR2014–01254 (PTAB Nov. 25,
                                                 recognizes the benefit of raising a real                burden on the parties and the Office.                 2014) (Paper 15); Gen. Elec. Co. v.
                                                 party-in-interest or privity challenge                  When a patent owner timely raises real                Transdata, Inc., Case IPR2014–01380
                                                 early in the proceeding, before or with                 party-in-interest or privity challenges,              (PTAB Nov. 12, 2014); Medtronic, Inc. v.
                                                 the filing of its preliminary response, to              which are highly fact dependent, the                  Robert Bosch Healthcare Sys., Inc., Case
                                                 avoid the cost and burden of a trial if                 Office will continue to consider the                  IPR2014–00488 (PTAB Nov. 5, 2014);
                                                 the challenge is successful.                            need for additional discovery on a case-              Samsung Elects. Co. v. Black Hills
                                                    To balance efficiency with fairness,                 by-case basis, taking into account the                Media, LLC, Case IPR2014–00717 (PTAB
                                                 the Office, in general, will permit a                   specific facts in the proceeding to                   Oct. 2, 2014); Atlanta Gas Light Co. v.
                                                 patent owner to raise a challenge                       determine whether additional discovery                Bennett Regulator Guards, Inc., Case
                                                 regarding a real party-in-interest or                   is necessary in the interest of justice, in           IPR2013–00453 (PTAB Apr. 23, 2014)
                                                 privity at any time during a trial                      an inter partes review, or supported by               (Paper 40); RPX Corp. v. VirnetX Inc.,
                                                 proceeding. Such a position is                          a good cause showing, in a post-grant                 Case IPR2014–00171 (PTAB Feb. 20,
                                                 consistent with the final rule notice. See              review. See, e.g., 37 CFR 42.51(b)(2);                2014) (Paper 33).
                                                 Changes to Implement Inter Partes                       Garmin, Case IPR2012–00001, slip op.                     Comment 4: One comment urged the
                                                 Review Proceedings, Post-Grant Review                   at 7; Office Patent Trial Practice Guide,             Office to provide additional guidance
                                                 Proceedings, and Transitional Program                   77 FR at 48760; Unified Patents, Inc. v.              regarding issues concerning real party-
                                                 for Covered Business Method Patents;                    Dragon Intellectual Prop., LLC, Case                  in-interest or privity, including specific
                                                 Final Rule, 77 FR 48680, 48695 (Aug.                    IPR2014–01252 (PTAB Feb. 12, 2015)                    questions and factors that petitioners
                                                 14, 2012) (‘‘After institution, standing                (Paper 37) (A non-party does not                      should consider in determining what
                                                 issues may still be raised during trial. A              become a real party-in-interest or privy              entities to identify, which would allow
                                                 patent owner may seek authority from                    solely because it is a member of a trade              petitioners and patent owners to
                                                 the Board to take pertinent discovery or                association or joint defense group.). The             evaluate these issues early and in a
                                                 to file a motion to challenge the                       Office also encourages the parties to                 more efficient manner.
                                                 petitioner’s standing.’’). With respect to              confer on the issue of additional                        Response: The Office appreciates the
                                                 a late challenge that reasonably could                  discovery early in the proceeding, and                interest in additional guidance on these
                                                 have been raised earlier in the                         attempt to reach an agreement on a                    complex issues. As the Supreme Court
                                                 proceeding, the Office will consider the                reasonable amount of information to                   has instructed, however, whether an
                                                 impact of such a delay on a case-by-case                exchange, so that the issue may be                    entity is a real party-in-interest is a
                                                 basis, including whether the delay is                   resolved promptly and efficiently. See                highly fact dependent question that is
                                                 unwarranted or prejudicial. The Office                  37 CFR 42.51(b)(2) (‘‘The parties may                 not amenable to any bright-line test.
                                                 also will consider that impact when                     agree to additional discovery between                 Taylor v. Sturgell, 553 U.S. 880, 893–
                                                 deciding whether to grant a motion for                  themselves.’’).                                       895 (2008). Whether a non-party is a
                                                 additional discovery based on a real                       Comment 3: A few comments                          real party-in-interest or privy for a trial
                                                 party-in-interest or privity issue. The                 suggested that patent owners should be                proceeding before the Office is a highly
                                                 Office plans to add further discussion                  able to discover information concerning               fact dependent question that takes into
                                                 on this issue to the Office Patent Trial                a real party-in-interest freely at any                account how courts generally have used
                                                 Practice Guide.                                         time. In contrast, several other                      the term to ‘‘describe relationships and
                                                    Comment 2: A few comments                            comments urged the Office to limit                    considerations sufficient to justify
                                                 suggested that the rules should be                      discovery to that which is truly                      applying conventional principles of
                                                 revised to require both parties to                      necessary, by applying the statutory                  estoppel and preclusion.’’ Office Patent
                                                 provide certain documents associated                    standards for additional discovery.                   Trial Practice Guide, 77 FR at 48759.
                                                 with the real party-in-interest or privity                 Response: As discussed above, the                  The Office Patent Trial Practice Guide
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 of the parties. In particular, the                      Office generally will permit a patent                 sets forth a detailed discussion on the
                                                 comments recommended requiring the                      owner to raise a challenge regarding a                relevant common law principles and
                                                 parties to provide the following                        real party-in-interest or privity at any              Federal case law. Further helpful
                                                 information: (1) Joint defense group                    time during a proceeding. The scope of                guidance is provided in recent Board
                                                 agreements, (2) indemnity agreements,                   discovery in AIA proceedings, however,                decisions. See, e.g., Askeladden LLC v.
                                                 (3) identification of counsel                           differs significantly from the scope of               Sean I. McGhie and Brian Buchheit,
                                                 representing a defendant in related                     discovery available under the Federal                 Case IPR2015–00122, slip op. at 3–16
                                                 litigations, (4) identification of parties              Rules of Civil Procedure in district court            (PTAB Mar. 6, 2015) (Paper 30); Zerto,


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50730                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 Inc. v. EMC Corp., Case IPR2014–01254,                  be in the interest of justice and are not             and the Office’s responses to the
                                                 slip op. at 6–15 (PTAB Mar. 3, 2015)                    adopted.                                              comments.
                                                 (Paper 35); Aruze Gaming Macau, Ltd. v.                    Comment 6: A comment urged the                        Question 7: How should multiple
                                                 MGT Gaming, Inc., Case IPR2014–                         Office to permit petitioners to correct               proceedings before the USPTO
                                                 01288, slip op. at 6–20 (PTAB Feb. 20,                  the identification of real parties-in-                involving the same patent be
                                                 2015); Unified Patents, Inc. v. Dragon                  interest without affecting the filing date            coordinated? Multiple proceedings
                                                 Intellectual Prop., LLC, Case IPR2014–                  if a ‘‘good faith attempt’’ was made to               before the USPTO include, for example:
                                                 01252, slip op. at 8–13 (PTAB Feb. 12,                  satisfy 35 U.S.C. 312(a).                             (i) Two or more separate AIA trials; (ii)
                                                 2015) (Paper 37); GEA Process Eng’g,                       Response: The statute requires a                   an AIA trial and a reexamination
                                                 Inc. v. Steuben Foods, Inc., Case                       petition to identify all real parties-in-             proceeding; or (iii) an AIA trial and a
                                                 IPR2014–00041, slip op. at 3–26 (PTAB                   interest without qualification. See 35                reissue proceeding? 79 FR at 36476.
                                                 Dec. 23, 2014) (Paper 140); Samsung                     U.S.C. 312(a); see 37 CFR 42.8 and                       Comments: Multiple commenters
                                                 Elecs. Co. v. Black Hills Media, LLC,                   42.104. In the situation where the                    recommended that the Board continue
                                                 Case IPR2014–00737, slip op. at 3–4                     failure to identify a real party-in-interest          to exercise its discretion, on a case-by-
                                                 (PTAB Nov. 4, 2014) (Paper 7); First                    was a mere clerical error, the petitioner             case basis, to stay, transfer, consolidate,
                                                 Data Corp. v. Cardsoft LLC, Case                        may correct the petition without                      or terminate multiple proceedings
                                                 IPR2014–00715 (PTAB Oct. 17, 2014);                     affecting the filing date. See, e.g., 37              involving the same patent claims.
                                                 RPX Corp. v. VirnetX Inc., Case                         CFR 42.104(c); Coleman Cable, LLC v.                  Several commenters urged the Board to
                                                 IPR2014–00171, slip op. at 6–10 (PTAB                   Simon Nicholas Richmond, Case                         consolidate multiple proceedings
                                                 July 14, 2014) (Paper 49); Alcon                                                                              involving the same or related patents.
                                                                                                         IPR2014–00935 (PTAB Aug. 28, 2014)
                                                 Research, Ltd. v. Dr. Joseph Neev, Case                                                                          Commenters urged the Board to
                                                                                                         (Paper 12). The Office is unable,
                                                 IPR2014–00217, slip op. at 6–7 (PTAB                                                                          manage multiple AIA proceedings by
                                                                                                         however, to allow for the correction of               manipulating the dates for the patent
                                                 May 9, 2014) (Paper 21); Zoll Lifecor                   any other such errors without changing
                                                 Corp. v. Philips Elecs. N. Am. Corp.,                                                                         owner’s preliminary response. Several
                                                                                                         the filing date because of the statutory              commenters suggested that the Board
                                                 Case IPR2013–00606, slip op. at 3–12                    requirement.
                                                 (PTAB Mar. 20, 2014) (Paper 13). The                                                                          should delay the time period for filing
                                                                                                            Comment 7: A comment urged the                     the patent owner’s preliminary response
                                                 Office plans to add further discussion                  Office to confirm that the petitioner
                                                 on this issue to the Office Patent Trial                                                                      to a second petition, ‘‘so as to effectively
                                                                                                         bears the burden of producing evidence                stay the filing of’’ that response, until
                                                 Practice Guide.
                                                                                                         that it has standing, as well as the                  after the first-filed petition is resolved
                                                    Comment 5: A few comments
                                                                                                         burden of persuasion on the issue.                    by termination or a final written
                                                 recommended that the Office establish a
                                                 rule or precedential opinion stating that                  Response: As discussed previously,                 decision. One commenter remarked that
                                                 the existence of a real party-in-interest               additional discovery may be authorized                this effective stay of the time for filing
                                                 and privity are determined based on the                 where patent owner raises sufficient                  the patent owner’s preliminary response
                                                 facts in existence at the time of petition              concerns regarding the petitioner’s                   in a second proceeding is especially
                                                 filing.                                                 identification of real parties-in-interest.           appropriate where the proceeding,
                                                    Response: Limiting the inquiry to the                Several recent decisions have                         instituted on the first-filed petition, is
                                                 time of petition filing would undercut                  acknowledged that the ultimate burden                 near completion.
                                                 the core functions underlying the                       of proof on the issue lies with the                      Another commenter proposed that,
                                                 requirement to name all real parties-in-                petitioner. See, e.g., Askeladden, slip               where a second petition is filed before
                                                 interest and privies. Those core                        op. at 8 (Paper 30); Zerto, slip op. at 6–            the date on which the patent owner’s
                                                 functions include resolution of conflicts               7 (Paper 35); Atlanta Gas Light Co. v.                preliminary response is filed in the first
                                                 of interest and ensuring the proper                     Bennett Regulator Guards, Inc., Case                  proceeding, the patent owner’s
                                                 application of statutory estoppel                       IPR2013–00453, slip op. at 6–8 (PTAB                  preliminary response in the first
                                                 provisions—concerns that persist                        Jan. 6, 2015) (Paper 88); Atlanta Gas                 proceeding should be reset to three
                                                 throughout the course of an AIA trial                   Light Co. v. Bennett Regulator Guards,                months from the notice of filing date
                                                 proceeding. See 35 U.S.C. 315(e)(1) (real               Inc., Case IPR2013–00453, slip op. at 2–              accorded the second petition. The
                                                 party-in-interest or privy of the petition              7 (PTAB Feb. 23, 2015) (Paper 91). This               commenter also urged that, under those
                                                 may not ‘‘request or maintain’’ a                       allocation of the burden acknowledges                 circumstances, scheduling and briefing
                                                 proceeding); 35 U.S.C. 325(e)(1) (same).                that a petitioner is more likely than a               should be consolidated in the two
                                                 As real party-in-interest and privity                   patent owner to be in possession of, or               proceedings. The same commenter
                                                 issues are highly fact dependent, in                    have access to, evidence relevant to the              proposed that the Board should stay all
                                                 certain situations the issue may involve                issue. Zerto, slip op. at 6–7. The Office             activity on a second petition that is filed
                                                 supporting evidence that comes into                     plans to add further discussion on this               after trial is instituted on a first petition.
                                                 existence after the filing of a petition.               issue to the Office Patent Trial Practice                Several commenters proposed
                                                 See, e.g., GEA Process Eng’g, Inc. v.                   Guide.                                                requiring petitioners, who file a petition
                                                 Steuben Foods, Inc., Case IPR2014–                                                                            challenging the same patent claims at
                                                                                                         Multiple Proceedings
                                                 00041 (PTAB Dec. 23, 2014) (Paper 140,                                                                        issue in an earlier-filed petition, to
                                                 Public Version) (finding that a non-party                  The Office asked a series of questions             identify what issues were previously
                                                 who paid the Petitioner’s legal fees for                relating to how multiple proceedings,                 raised. Commenters also advocated
                                                 the inter partes review is a real party-                such as an AIA trial, reexamination, or               requiring such petitioners to state
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 in-interest, and rejecting the argument                 reissue proceeding, before the Office                 whether they are amenable to joinder
                                                 that post-filing funds cannot                           involving the same patent should be                   with the earlier proceeding. On that
                                                 retroactively change the facts as of the                coordinated, including whether one                    point, one commenter urged that
                                                 filing date, because ‘‘[t]ypically, legal               proceeding should be stayed,                          duplicative petitions, filed after the
                                                 bills are billed and paid for after the                 transferred, consolidated, or terminated              deadline for joinder, ‘‘should be
                                                 services have been rendered’’).                         in favor of another. The questions are                terminated at an early stage to conserve
                                                 Therefore, such bright-line rules as                    replicated below, followed by the                     Patent Owner costs and [Board]
                                                 suggested by the comments would not                     comments responsive to those questions                resources.’’ Another commenter stated


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                          50731

                                                 that, ‘‘[f]or consolidated AIA trials                   addition, pursuant to 37 CFR 42.8(b)(2),              each case. The Office agrees with the
                                                 involving the same patent with at least                 petitioners are required to identify other            comments that recognize the issues
                                                 one challenged claim in common, the                     proceedings involving the same                        raised by multiple petitions are best
                                                 current rules that the Board uses for                   challenged patent, and petitioners are                resolved on a case-by-case basis.
                                                 joinder seem to be working well.’’ Some                 encouraged to identify any substantive                   The Office recognizes that
                                                 commenters urged that duplicative                       similarities with other proceedings in                approaching each case on its own facts
                                                 petitions, filed outside the permissible                the petition. No rule change requiring                raises consistency concerns that could
                                                 period for joinder, should not be                       petitioners to self-identify repetitive               be ameliorated by identifying a set of
                                                 granted.                                                challenges is warranted at this time.                 factors that apply in all cases. The
                                                    Response: The current rules afford the                  The Board agrees with the                          Office agrees with the comments,
                                                 Board broad discretion to manage                        commenters that a factor which may be                 however, suggesting that the interests,
                                                 multiple proceedings by tailoring the                   relevant in appropriate cases is whether              which bear on the propriety of a stay,
                                                 solution to the unique circumstances of                 the petitioner in a later-filed proceeding            transfer, consolidation, or termination
                                                 each case and, thereby, optimizing                      is amenable to joinder with an earlier-               where multiple proceedings are directed
                                                 efficiencies and promoting fair results in              filed proceeding involving the same                   to the same patent claims, are best
                                                 each case. See Prism Pharma Co. v.                      patent claims. See, e.g., Motorola                    served by allowing the constellation of
                                                 Choongwae Pharma Corp., IPR2014–                        Mobility LLC v. Softview LLC, IPR2013–                relevant factors to evolve gradually,
                                                 00315 (PTAB July 8, 2014) (Paper 14)                    00257 (PTAB June 20, 2013) (Paper 10)                 tethered to the facts of individual cases.
                                                 (informative) (denying institution of                   (order granting joinder where a second                A restrained evolution, on a case-by-
                                                 inter partes review based on second-                    petitioner neither introduced new                     case basis, promotes fair and rational
                                                 filed petition that was based on the                    grounds of unpatentability nor raised                 results in each case, and equips the
                                                 same prior art and same arguments                       procedural issues that would delay the                Office with necessary flexibility to
                                                 previously considered by the Office                     schedule set for the first proceeding).               customize resolutions suitable for each
                                                 during prosecution of the patent being                  The Board will continue to take account               particular case. The Office will develop
                                                 challenged); Medtronic, Inc. v.                         of all factors, bearing on the propriety              relevant factors, tethered to specific
                                                 Nuvasive, Inc., Case IPR2014–00487                      and feasibility of joinder, based on the              facts raised in particular cases, through
                                                 (PTAB Sept. 11 2014) (Paper 8); Unified                 particular facts of the involved                      its body of case law. Given the still-
                                                 Patents, Inc. v. PersonalWeb Techs.,                    proceedings.                                          evolving nature of AIA proceedings, the
                                                 LLC, Case IPR2014–00702 (PTAB July                         Based on the comments, the Office                  Office believes that this gradual
                                                 24, 2014) (Paper 13); Unilever, Inc. v.                 determines that the current rules                     approach is prudent and preferred over
                                                 Procter & Gamble Co., Case IPR2014–                     provide a workable framework for the                  a premature attempt to establish a rule
                                                 00506 (PTAB July 7, 2014) (Paper 17);                   Board to manage multiple proceedings                  or factors divorced from particular facts
                                                 Medtronic, Inc. v. Robert Bosch                         that involve the same patent claims. No               raised in a particular case, which may
                                                 Healthcare Systems, Inc., Case IPR2014–                 revision of the rules for managing such               not address the relevant concerns in
                                                 00436 (PTAB June 19, 2014) (Paper 17);                  proceedings is necessary at this time.                every case. The Office plans to add
                                                 Intelligent Bio-Systems, Inc. v. Illumina                  Question 8: What factors should be                 further discussion on this issue to the
                                                 Cambridge Ltd., Case IPR2013–00324                      considered in deciding whether to stay,               Office Patent Trial Practice Guide.
                                                 (PTAB Nov. 21, 2013); ZTE Corp. v.                      transfer, consolidate, or terminate an                   Question 9: Under what
                                                 ContentGuard Holdings, Inc., Case                       additional proceeding involving the                   circumstances, if any, should a
                                                 IPR2013–00454 (PTAB Sept. 25, 2013)                     same patent after a petition for AIA trial            copending reexamination proceeding or
                                                 (Paper 12). The Board will continue to                  has been filed? 79 FR at 36,476.                      reissue proceeding be stayed in favor of
                                                 take into account the interests of justice                 Comments: Some commenters                          an AIA trial? If a stay is entered, under
                                                 and fairness to both petitioners and                    suggested that the Office promulgate                  what circumstances should the stay be
                                                 patent owners where multiple                            new rules that define the factors that the            lifted? 79 FR at 36476.
                                                 proceedings involving the same patent                   Office will take into account when                       Comments: The Office received
                                                 claims are before the Office.                           considering multiple petitions directed               comments in favor of staying a
                                                    The Board also must consider its                     to the same patent claims. Commenters                 copending reissue or reexamination.
                                                 ability to meet the statutory deadlines                 advocated for the application of a                    Commenters proposed that a stay for
                                                 imposed by Congress on AIA trials. The                  variety of factors, which fall into three             copending proceedings be determined
                                                 Board agrees with the commenters that                   main categories: (1) The impact on                    on a case-by-case basis, with other
                                                 the timing of the patent owner’s                        scheduling and the Office’s ability to                commenters proposing that the stay be
                                                 preliminary response may be altered,                    meet the deadlines imposed by Congress                imposed upon institution of trial on the
                                                 when helpful and fair in an appropriate                 in AIA proceedings; (2) prejudice to the              same patent. Another commenter
                                                 case. No rule change is needed to                       patent owner; and (3) prejudice to the                proposed that a copending reissue or
                                                 accomplish that goal.                                   petitioner.                                           reexamination be stayed automatically,
                                                    The Board has considered the                            Response: The issues raised by                     unless there was a showing of ‘‘good
                                                 comment that second petitioners should                  Question 8 are closely related to the                 cause,’’ which includes factors such as
                                                 self-identify repetitive challenges, and                issues raised by Question 7. The                      avoiding: (a) Inconsistent decisions by
                                                 state their amenability to joinder. As a                interests of fairness, speed, efficiency,             the Office; (b) duplicative work for the
                                                 practical matter, the Board is well-                    and economy are served by retaining the               Board; and (c) disruption to the trial
                                                 positioned to determine whether a                       Office’s ability to balance the competing             schedule. Other factors to consider in
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 second petition raises the same or                      interests of the petitioner and patent                granting a stay, according to another
                                                 substantially the same challenges                       owner, where multiple petitions are                   commenter, include the statutory
                                                 presented in a first petition that is                   filed that challenge the same patent                  deadlines of the proceeding, the issues
                                                 identified as a related matter. The Board               claims. Managing multiple petitions                   raised in the multiple proceedings, the
                                                 is also adept at determining whether a                  demands highly fact-specific inquiries,               parties involved, the likelihood of a
                                                 grant of the second petition, with                      and the Office requires broad discretion              reissue application being granted, and
                                                 joinder, serves the interests of fairness,              to craft results that are tailored to the             whether the decision adversely affects a
                                                 efficiency, and economy of process. In                  particular circumstances presented in                 party’s ability to reach a timely


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50732                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 conclusion on a patentability issue.                    reexamination should be allowed in                    the trial has concluded. See, e.g., GEA
                                                 Another commenter provided additional                   light of the claim construction involved              Process Eng’g, Inc. v. Steuben Foods,
                                                 factors to consider in granting a stay,                 in the trial.                                         Inc., IPR2014–00043 (PTAB Feb. 19,
                                                 such as the stage where amendments are                     Response: The Office has been                      2015) (Paper 121) (ordering lift of stay
                                                 possible, whether claim construction is                 determining whether to stay a                         of a copending reexamination after the
                                                 inconsistent with the claim construction                reexamination or reissue on a case-by-                trial was terminated and timing for
                                                 applied during trial, and agreement of                  case basis, and agrees with the                       filing a request for rehearing had
                                                 the parties regarding a stay.                           commenters advocating that various                    expired, and ordering that Patent Owner
                                                    For those commenters favoring a stay,                factors should be considered, including               provide a copy of the Decision on
                                                 the circumstances regarding when a stay                 the overlap of issues presented in the                Institution to the Central Reexamination
                                                 should be lifted ranged from the                        copending proceeding and the stage of                 Unit for consideration in light of alleged
                                                 rendering of a final written decision to                the copending proceeding to avoid                     inconsistencies); Gnosis S.p.A. v. Merck
                                                 when appeal to the Federal Circuit has                  duplicative work for the Office. See,                 & CIE, IPR2014–00117 (PTAB Feb. 5,
                                                 been exhausted. Other commenters have                   e.g., Kaiser Aluminum v. Constellium                  2015) (Paper 74) (ordering lift of stay of
                                                 requested that the Office clarify that it               Rolled Prods. Ravenswood, LLC,                        a copending reexamination after issue of
                                                 will not terminate the reexamination or                 IPR2014–01002 (PTAB Feb. 19, 2015)                    a final written decision, and in
                                                 reissue once the final written decision                 (Paper 25) (denying request to stay a                 consideration of the following: (1) The
                                                 issues, so that a patent owner may                      reexamination on the same patent and                  reexamination involved overlapping
                                                 pursue claim amendments in those                        some of the same references because the               claims; (2) Patent Owner did not amend
                                                 proceedings.                                            proceeding involved evidence different                claims involved in inter partes review;
                                                    In the circumstances when a                          from the evidence presented in the inter              (3) added claims were alleged to be
                                                 copending reexamination or reissue is                   partes review (IPR) and the                           narrower in scope; and (3) Examiner in
                                                 not stayed and when there is no overlap                 reexamination was not sufficiently                    the reexamination had issued a final
                                                 of claims involved in the copending                     underway such that it would conclude                  rejection); Avaya Inc. v. Network-1 Sec.
                                                 proceedings and the instituted trial, a                 before a final decision would issue in                Solutions, Inc., IPR2013–00071, slip op.
                                                 commenter stated that the Office should                 the IPR); Chicago Mercantile Exch., Inc.              at 31–32 (PTAB May 22, 2014) (Paper
                                                 preclude the presentation of new                        v. 5th Market, Inc., CBM2014–00114                    103) (lifting stay, sua sponte and after
                                                 amended claims in the copending                         (PTAB Jan. 9, 2015) (Paper 20) (denying               final written decision issued, of a
                                                 proceedings involving the same patent                   request to stay copending reexamination               reexamination involving a non-asserted
                                                 because a ‘‘sequential,’’ rather than a                 because claims amended in                             claim and different prior art presented
                                                 ‘‘simultaneous,’’ evaluation of the                     reexamination were not at issue in the                in the inter partes review).
                                                 claims is consistent with the legislative               instituted covered business method                       The Office will continue to determine,
                                                 history of the AIA.                                     review, where Patent Owner did not file
                                                    Other commenters proposed that the                                                                         on the facts of each case in which there
                                                                                                         a motion to amend, and finding that
                                                 Office consider allowing the                                                                                  is a copending reexamination or reissue,
                                                                                                         parallel proceedings would not result in
                                                 reexamination and reissue to continue                                                                         whether a stay is warranted or a stay
                                                                                                         duplication of efforts at the Office
                                                 in parallel with or before the instituted                                                                     should be lifted under the
                                                                                                         because the instant proceedings did not
                                                 trial. One commenter stressed that the                                                                        circumstances of each case.
                                                                                                         involve a complete overlap of claims);
                                                 purpose of a reissue is to correct errors,              Geortek, Inc. v. Knowles Elecs., LLC,                    Question 10: Under what
                                                 and therefore the remedial nature of the                IPR2013–00614 (PTAB Nov. 13, 2013)                    circumstances, if any, should an AIA
                                                 proceeding counsels against waiting for                 (Paper 11) (granting Patent Owner’s                   trial be stayed in favor of a copending
                                                 a trial to conclude. The same                           motion to stay copending reexamination                reexamination proceeding or reissue
                                                 commenter offered that staying a                        that had been ongoing for three years                 proceeding? If a stay is entered, under
                                                 reexamination is unjust to the patent                   where Patent Owner argued that stay                   what circumstances should the stay be
                                                 owner because reexaminations are given                  would prevent inconsistent results with               lifted? 79 FR at 36476.
                                                 ‘‘special dispatch’’ under 35 U.S.C. 305,               regard to potential amendments of the                    Comments: The Office received
                                                 a statutory requirement that remained                   same claims challenged in the inter                   comments in favor of not staying AIA
                                                 unchanged with the passage of the AIA.                  partes review); Google, Inc. v. Grandeye,             trials in favor of a copending
                                                 Because in an instituted trial only one                 Ltd., IPR2013–00548 (PTAB Sept. 30,                   reexamination or reissue. One reason
                                                 amendment is allowed by motion, the                     2013) (Paper 7) (granting unopposed                   provided for not staying the trial is that
                                                 same commenter stated that a stay                       motion to stay copending reexamination                statutory deadlines apply to the trials.
                                                 would preclude examination of claims                    by Patent Owner because concurrent                    One commenter observed an exception
                                                 amended in a reexamination or reissue                   proceedings would duplicate efforts                   that may warrant a stay of AIA
                                                 to address the newly cited prior art or                 within the Office and could potentially               proceedings, i.e., to account for when
                                                 correct an error that was not present or                result in inconsistencies among the                   the copending reexamination or reissue
                                                 addressed during the original                           proceedings, especially in light of                   was not stayed and a new claim is about
                                                 examination of the patent. In particular,               amendments of the challenged claims in                to issue. In that circumstance, the
                                                 one commenter stressed that a                           the reexamination).                                   commenter suggested that a limited stay
                                                 reexamination should be allowed to run                     The Office is not proposing changes at             should be granted to allow a petitioner
                                                 its course, and in any event, because an                this time to the Rules or to the Office               to raise the new claim in the pending
                                                 AIA proceeding would replace                            Patent Trial Practice Guide to give                   trial. Another commenter also stated
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 reexamination, copending AIA and                        guidance regarding the timing on lifting              that limited circumstances may warrant
                                                 reexamination would not be a problem                    a stay or how to proceed in a copending               a stay, such as when the copending
                                                 much longer.                                            reexamination or reissue that is not                  reexamination is in the late stages of
                                                    In the event a reexamination is not                  stayed. These determinations have been                appeal and there is significant overlap
                                                 stayed, one commenter suggested that                    proceeding appropriately on a case-by-                in claims between the trial and the
                                                 the Board’s claim construction should                   case basis, noting, among many factors,               copending proceeding. This same
                                                 be applied in the reexamination, or                     the impact of the concurrent                          commenter stressed that if the parties
                                                 briefing on claim construction for the                  reexamination on the trial and whether                agree that patentability should be


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                          50733

                                                 determined first in the reexamination, a                resolution of the dispute); see also                  raised in the different proceedings; (14)
                                                 stay of the trial may be warranted.                     American Simmental Assn. v.                           ability of Board to reach a timely
                                                    Other comments favored the request                   Leachman Cattle of Co., LLC, PGR2015–                 conclusion of a patentability issue in
                                                 for and grant of a stay of the trial in                 00003 (PTAB Dec. 14, 2014) (Paper 4)                  any proceeding; and (15) saving of costs
                                                 favor of the copending reexamination or                 (denying request to stay institution of               and resources gained by the parties and
                                                 reissue. One commenter noted that such                  post-grant review (PGR) in favor of                   the Board by consolidation, for example,
                                                 a stay should be granted when the                       pending reissue because of the status of              by coordination of procedures common
                                                 copending reexamination or reissue is                   the PGR, Patent Owner had not sought                  to the proceedings.
                                                 near completion, and another                            amendment or cancellation of the                         Response: The Office appreciates the
                                                 commenter stressed that the stay may be                 claims challenged in the PGR, and the                 comments and has been considering the
                                                 implemented before the trial is                         Office had not taken any substantive                  above factors, among others, in deciding
                                                 instituted such that the statutory                      action on the reissue application).                   requests to consolidate a copending
                                                 deadlines are not impacted.                                At this time, the Office does not                  reexamination or reissue with AIA
                                                    Another commenter provided that                      propose changes to the Rules or the                   trials. See, e.g., Mercedes-Benz USA,
                                                 denial of institution should result for                 Trial Practice Guide to list specific                 LLC et al. v. Velocity Patent LLC, Case
                                                 grounds with claims that are at issue in                circumstances under which a party may                 IPR2014–01247 (PTAB Dec. 15, 2014)
                                                 a copending reexamination or reissue,                   show that a stay of either a decision on              (Paper 12) (denying Petitioner’s request
                                                 where amended claims were filed in the                  institution or a trial may be appropriate.            to file a motion to consolidate AIA trial
                                                 copending proceeding before the                         The Office will continue to decide                    proceeding with a related
                                                 deadline for the Board to determine                     motions to stay proceedings according                 reexamination, where the only claims at
                                                 institution. To clarify whether the Board               to the facts and circumstances of each                issue in the AIA trial proceeding were
                                                 would have jurisdiction over such a                     case.                                                 added in the reexamination, and Patent
                                                 trial, the same commenter advocated                        Question 11: Under what                            Owner cancelled those claims in the
                                                 revising the Office Patent Trial Practice               circumstances, if any, should a                       reexamination); GEA Process
                                                 Guide to include clarification regarding                copending reexamination proceeding or                 Engineering, Inc. v. Steuben Food, Inc.,
                                                 the timing on when a notice of intent to                reissue proceeding be consolidated with               Case IPR2014–00041, slip. op. at 3–5
                                                 issue a reexamination certificate or                    an AIA trial? 79 FR at 36477.                         (PTAB Dec. 6, 2013) (Paper 13) (denying
                                                 notice of allowance of a reissue would                     Comments: The Board received                       Petitioner’s motion to consolidate AIA
                                                 be effective.                                           several comments concerning the                       trial proceeding with a related
                                                    Response: The Office will continue to                circumstances under which a copending                 reexamination, where Patent Owner
                                                 proceed with the determination whether                  reexamination or reissue should be                    stipulated to not amend claims in the
                                                 to institute trial on a case-by-case basis              consolidated with an AIA trial. Those                 related reexamination); GEA Process
                                                 with no delay of the proceedings unless                 circumstances fall roughly into two                   Engineering, Inc. v. Steuben Food, Inc.,
                                                 warranted by the facts or circumstances                 categories. The first category of                     Case IPR2014–00051, slip. op. at 2–3
                                                 of the case. See, e.g., Intromedic Co.,                 comments indicated that consolidation                 (PTAB Dec. 6, 2013) (Paper 12) (denying
                                                 Ltd. v. Given Imaging Ltd., Case                        of an AIA trial with copending                        as moot Petitioner’s motion to
                                                 IPR2015–00579 (PTAB Aug. 5, 2015)                       reexaminations or reissues was                        consolidate AIA trial proceeding with a
                                                 (Paper 9) (denying institution of review                impractical and that rules requiring                  related reexamination, where the
                                                 because the only claim being challenged                 such consolidation could, in some                     reexamination had terminated and the
                                                 by Petitioner has been amended in the                   cases, prejudice patent owners. The                   reexamination certificate had issued).
                                                 copending reexamination, and the                        second category of comments provided                  The Office agrees with the commenters
                                                 advanced stage of the reexamination                     several factors that should be                        who noted that there are many
                                                 involving the same parties); Juniper                    considered and weighed by the Board in                difficulties in consolidating copending
                                                 Networks, Inc. v. Linex Techs., Inc.,                   determining whether to consolidate                    reexaminations or reissues with AIA
                                                 IPR2014–00595 (PTAB Sept. 26, 2014)                     such proceedings. Those factors                       trials, and that all relevant factors,
                                                 (Paper 19) (denying institution of inter                included: (1) Type of additional                      including but not limited to those set
                                                 partes review because a Reexamination                   proceeding; (2) time between filing date              forth above, should be taken into
                                                 Certificate in a copending                              of initial proceeding and additional                  consideration. The Office has performed
                                                 reexamination had issued and                            proceeding; (3) stage of initial                      similar analyses weighing a myriad of
                                                 reexamination had concluded with all                    proceeding; (4) duration of additional                factors in analogous contexts, for
                                                 original claims amended and new                         proceeding; (5) scope of each                         example, in determining whether to stay
                                                 claims issued). The Office agrees with                  proceeding; (6) third party filers (same,             a copending reexamination or reissue in
                                                 the commenters that stress that a                       different); (7) relation between third                favor of an AIA trial, or vice versa. See,
                                                 statutory deadline does not favor staying               party filer of additional proceeding and              e.g., Responses to Questions 9 and 10
                                                 trials in favor of a copending                          filer of initial proceeding; (8) number of            set forth above.
                                                 reexamination or reissue, which have no                 total proceedings filed against the                      The Office does not propose to change
                                                 statutory deadlines. See, e.g., Mercedes-               patent; (9) whether the additional                    the Rules or the portion of the Office
                                                 Benz USA, LLC v. Velocity Patent, LLC,                  proceeding is a reexamination: ex parte               Patent Trial Practice Guide pertaining to
                                                 IPR2015–00290 (PTAB Jan. 21, 2015)                      reexamination should not be transferred               consolidation of a copending
                                                 (Paper 9) (denying authorization for                    to PTAB because patent owner would                    reexamination or reissue with AIA trials
                                                 motion to stay inter partes review in                   lose certain procedural mechanisms                    at this time. The Office will continue to
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 favor of a copending reexamination                      such as ability to interview case; (10)               determine on the facts of each case, in
                                                 because the argument that new claims                    whether pending district court litigation             which consolidation is requested,
                                                 would issue there first and inter partes                has been stayed pending resolution of                 whether a particular request sets forth
                                                 review would be amended to include                      the reexamination; (11) whether validity              facts sufficient to warrant consolidation
                                                 those claims were not sufficient reasons                of claims at issue in AIA trial is                    of a copending reexamination or reissue
                                                 to lengthen the pendency of the inter                   currently on appeal to the Federal                    with AIA trials.
                                                 partes review, which is designed to                     Circuit; (12) express interests of the                   Question 12: How should
                                                 secure the just, speedy, and inexpensive                parties in the proceedings; (13) issues               consolidated proceedings be handled


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50734                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 before the USPTO? Consolidated                          Office disagrees, and instead leaves                  same or a different petitioner. One
                                                 proceedings include, for example: (i)                   entry of claim amendments to be                       commenter stated that the Board
                                                 Consolidated AIA trials; (ii) an AIA trial              determined by the panel conducting the                ‘‘should aggressively exercise’’ its
                                                 consolidated with a reexamination                       consolidated proceeding in accordance                 discretion to deny cumulative or
                                                 proceeding; or (iii) an AIA trial                       with the statutory and regulatory                     overlapping grounds in multiple
                                                 consolidated with a reissue proceeding?                 framework applicable to each of the                   proceedings, ‘‘even when different
                                                 79 FR at 36477.                                         proceedings.                                          parties file petitions.’’ Some
                                                    Comments: The Office received                           Some commenters suggested that the                 commenters advocated denial of serial
                                                 comments suggesting ways in which                       Board has coordinated and should                      petitions filed by the same real party-in-
                                                 consolidated proceedings should be                      continue coordinating schedules of                    interest. Other commenters stated that
                                                 conducted. Suggestions included: (1)                    multiple related proceedings without                  the Board should consolidate multiple
                                                 Multiple AIA trials concerning the same                 formally consolidating the proceedings,               petitions where feasible.
                                                 (or related) patents (or parties) should                for example, so as to allow different                    Several commenters suggested a
                                                 be consolidated or handled by the same                  petitioners flexibility to pursue different           general policy of ‘‘one and done’’ to
                                                 panel; (2) consolidated proceedings                     arguments and to allow patent owner all               duplicative petitions, to prevent
                                                 should follow the district court model                  of its allotted pages to respond to those             harassment of patent owners, minimize
                                                 with the same schedule applying to the                  different arguments. The Office has been              costs, and ensure quiet title of patent
                                                 proceedings; (3) a petitioner should be                 coordinating schedules of multiple                    rights. Those same commenters also
                                                 required to select a single lead and                    related proceedings without formally                  recommended that the citation of new
                                                 backup counsel, but taking into                         consolidating the proceedings, on a                   art in a subsequent petition should
                                                 consideration the interests of the                      case-by-case basis, and agrees with the               create a rebuttable presumption that
                                                 parties, in some circumstances the                      commenters that such practices should                 substantially the same prior art or
                                                 Board may determine coordination                        be continued, as appropriate. See, e.g.,              arguments are not raised in that
                                                 should not be required; and (4) panels                  Taiwan Semiconductor Mfg. Co., Ltd. v.                petition. Commenters also urged the
                                                 should consider adjusting page limits in                Zond, LLC, Case IPR2014–001089, slip.                 Board to apply principles of
                                                 cases where different parties may be                    op. at 2–3 (PTAB Feb. 2, 2015) (Paper                 redundancy, across different petitions,
                                                 asserting different positions.                          17) (setting forth procedure for                      to deny duplicative grounds raised in
                                                    Response: The Office agrees with the                 consolidated trial schedule, filings, and             later-filed petitions.
                                                 commenters that conducting                              discovery in multiple related                            Other commenters stated that ‘‘[t]he
                                                 consolidated proceedings in the manner                  proceedings). The Board has also                      Board should treat each petition
                                                 set forth in the comments above may be                  coordinated hearings in related cases                 independently,’’ and that a different
                                                 appropriate. The Board has consolidated                 and has scheduled hearings in related                 petitioner, not in privity with the first
                                                 inter partes reviews involving the same                 cases to occur on consecutive days in                 petitioner, should be permitted to raise
                                                 parties and the same patent into a single               related cases. See Samsung Electronics                the same prior art in a subsequent
                                                 proceeding where appropriate. See Ford                  Co., Ltd. v. Black Hills Media, LLC, Case             petition. Some commenters proposed
                                                 Motor Co. v. TMC Fuels Injection                        IPR2014–00709 (PTAB Dec. 10, 2014)                    that duplicative petitions should not be
                                                 System, LLC, Case IPR2014–00272                         (summary of initial conference during                 denied where arguments in a later-filed
                                                 (PTAB Jun 26, 2014) (Paper 12)                          which it was decided that IPR2014–                    petition differ in scope from those
                                                 (consolidating IPR2014–00272, which                     00709, –00711, and –00718 would be                    presented in an earlier-filed petition.
                                                 was instituted on challenges under 35                   heard together, IPR2014–00737 and                     Another commenter, by contrast,
                                                 U.S.C. 103, with IPR2014–00273, which                   –00740 would be heard together,                       proposed a rule of ‘‘horizontal stare
                                                 was instituted on different challenges to               IPR2014–00718 and –00721 would be                     decisis’’ that would require treating a
                                                 the same claims under 35 U.S.C. 102                     heard together, and IPR2014–00717 and                 first decision on patentability as
                                                 and 103 in which some of the applied                    –00735 would be heard together, on                    ‘‘binding law of the case’’ in subsequent
                                                 references were common to both                          consecutive days). See, e.g., Responses               proceedings, challenging the same
                                                 proceedings). In some cases where                       to Question 7 set forth above.                        patent claims, based on the same or
                                                 different parties have been joined to a                    The Office does not propose to change              substantially the same prior art or
                                                 proceeding, the panel has provided                      the Rules or the portion of the Office                arguments.
                                                 opportunities for limited additional                    Patent Trial Practice Guide pertaining to                Response: The Office has and will
                                                 briefing on issues where the petitioners                handling of consolidated proceedings.                 continue to balance the interests of
                                                 may take different positions. See, e.g.,                The Office will continue to determine                 petitioners, who seek to present new
                                                 Motorola Mobility LLC v. Softview LLC,                  based on a case-by-case basis the proper              prior art and arguments in a later-filed
                                                 Case IPR2013–00257 (PTAB June 20,                       manner in which such consolidated                     petition, against patent owners’ interest
                                                 2013) (Paper 10) (joining proceeding to                 proceedings should be handled.                        in preventing harassment that takes the
                                                 IPR2013–00004 and providing for                            Question 13: Under what                            form of repetitive, serial petitions that
                                                 consolidated filings and limited                        circumstances, if any, should a petition              challenge the same patent claims. The
                                                 separate filings by Petitioners on points               for an AIA trial be rejected because the              Office is best able to balance those
                                                 of disagreement only).                                  same or substantially the same prior art              competing interests by approaching
                                                    The Office received a further                        or arguments previously were presented                multiple petitions, which may raise the
                                                 comment that claim amendments                           to the USPTO in a different petition for              same or substantially the same prior art
                                                 should be allowed if an AIA trial is                    an AIA trial, in a reexamination                      or arguments against the same patent
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 consolidated with a copending                           proceeding or in a reissue proceeding?                claims, on a case-by-case basis, taking
                                                 reexamination or reissue. The Office                    79 FR at 36477.                                       into account the unique facts and
                                                 notes that claim amendments are                            Comments: The Board received many                  relative equities raised in each
                                                 available currently in all of these                     comments in favor of denying AIA                      particular proceeding.
                                                 proceedings. Insofar as the commenter                   petitions that raise the same or                         The comments do not suggest a need
                                                 may be suggesting that all claim                        substantially the same prior art or                   for a rule change at this time. The
                                                 amendments be entered as a matter of                    arguments that were raised in an earlier-             current rules provide the Board with
                                                 right in a consolidated proceeding, the                 filed petition, whether raised by the                 broad discretion adequate to take all


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                          50735

                                                 relevant factors into account, when                     earlier-filed proceeding, due to its                  discretion to consider the relative scope
                                                 deciding whether to proceed on a                        acquisition of the Petitioner in the                  of the challenges raised in multiple
                                                 petition that challenges the same patent                earlier-filed proceeding); Unilever v.                petitions. If a petition raises challenges
                                                 claims at issue in an earlier-filed                     Procter & Gamble Co., IPR2014–00506                   that are based on the same or
                                                 petition. Nor is a rule change necessary                (PTAB July 7, 2014) (Paper 17)                        substantially the same prior art as a
                                                 to enumerate the factors that the Board                 (informative) (denying institution of                 prior petition, but advances arguments
                                                 may take into account when making                       inter partes review based on a later-filed            of different scope, the Office has
                                                 case-specific determinations, regarding                 petition, filed by same Petitioner and on             discretion to deny or grant the second
                                                 the degree of overlap between the prior                 same patent as an earlier-filed petition,             petition based on the totality of facts
                                                 art and arguments raised in multiple                    where the later-filed petition attempted              presented in the case. A rule of
                                                 petitions. The Office believes that the                 to correct deficiencies in the earlier-               ‘‘horizontal stare decisis’’ would,
                                                 Board’s current practice should                         filed petition for claims for which                   therefore, abolish the Board’s discretion,
                                                 continue to allow those factors to                      earlier trial was not instituted); Dell Inc.          especially where two cases do not
                                                 develop in its growing body of case law,                v. Electronics and Telecomms. Res.                    present the same facts or identical
                                                 tethered to the facts of particular                     Inst., Case IPR2015–00549 (PTAB March                 considerations.
                                                 proceedings, with such decisions of the                 26, 2015) (Paper 10); Zimmer Holdings,                   The Office will to continue to apply
                                                 Board providing guidance to                             Inc. v. Bonutti Skeletal Innovations LLC,             the existing framework, based on
                                                 practitioners.                                          Case IPR2014–01080 (PTAB Oct. 31,                     discretion to customize a result based
                                                                                                         2014) (Paper 17); Prism Pharma Co.,                   on the facts and equities of each case.
                                                    Issued decisions already provide
                                                                                                         Ltd. v. Choongwae Pharma Corp., Case                  No rule changes are indicated at this
                                                 useful guidance in that regard. The
                                                                                                         IPR2014–00315 (PTAB July 8, 2014)                     time.
                                                 Board has considered many factors,
                                                 including, for example: (1) The degree                  (Paper 14).                                           Extension of One Year Period To Issue
                                                                                                            The Office recognizes that a ‘‘one and
                                                 of overlap between the prior art and                                                                          a Final Determination
                                                                                                         done’’ approach to multiple petitions
                                                 arguments raised in the multiple                                                                                 The Office asked, ‘‘What
                                                                                                         may favor patent owners by diminishing
                                                 petitions; (2) the identity of the                                                                            circumstances should constitute a
                                                                                                         the opportunity for harassment and
                                                 petitioner in the later-filed proceeding;                                                                     finding of good cause to extend the 1-
                                                                                                         ensuring some certainty for patent
                                                 (3) whether the petitioner in the later-                                                                      year period for the Board to issue a final
                                                                                                         rights. In that regard, the Board already
                                                 filed proceeding uses a prior decision                  has applied its broad discretion to                   determination in an AIA trial?’’ 79 FR
                                                 on institution as a roadmap to refine                   curtail multiple challenges against a                 at 36477.
                                                 and recycle arguments presented in an                   patent as described above.                               Comments: The Office received
                                                 earlier-filed petition; (4) whether the                    The competing interests of fairness to             comments in favor of the current strict
                                                 circumstances surrounding the later-                    petitioners and the public interest,                  adherence to the one-year statutory
                                                 filed petition raises the specter of patent             however, favor retaining the Office’s                 period and advocating that the granting
                                                 owner harassment; and (5) whether                       discretion to grant or deny multiple                  of extensions should be rare. Many of
                                                 granting the later-filed petition is in the             petitions, rather than imposing a rigid               these commenters stated that the Office
                                                 interests of justice. See, e.g., ZTE Corp.              rule that would require denial and, in                should ‘‘continue to strive for
                                                 v. ContentGuard Holdings Inc.,                          effect, bind all potential challengers to             completion of each trial in one year,’’
                                                 IPR2013–00454 (PTAB Sept. 25, 2013)                     the outcome of a first-filed petition,                the ‘‘good cause’’ bar should be very
                                                 (Paper 12) (informative) (denying                       regardless of the facts and equities that             high, and extensions of the deadline
                                                 institution of inter partes review of a                 surround the filing of the subsequent                 should be ‘‘rare’’ and used only ‘‘in the
                                                 patent based on substantially the same                  petitions.                                            most extreme circumstances’’ such as
                                                 prior art and same arguments presented                     The Office also acknowledges that                  ‘‘where unforeseen circumstances make
                                                 previously in an earlier-filed petition                 petitioners may benefit from a                        it impossible to complete proceedings in
                                                 filed by the same Petitioner for which                  ‘‘rebuttable presumption’’ that would                 a fair manner.’’ These same commenters
                                                 institution was in-part denied, and                     render inapplicable the provisions of                 stressed that ‘‘one of the most important
                                                 citing 35 U.S.C. 325(d), to determine                   section 325(d), where a subsequent                    benefits of [these proceedings]’’ and ‘‘a
                                                 that ‘‘[a] decision to institute review on              petition raises even one prior art                    major driver in the widespread adoption
                                                 some claims should not act as an entry                  reference that was not raised in the first-           of the AIA procedures’’ is that the Office
                                                 ticket, and a how-to guide, for the same                filed petition. Such an approach,                     renders a decision within one year. The
                                                 Petitioner who filed an unsuccessful                    however, unfairly would provide                       commenters warned about eviscerating
                                                 joinder motion, and is outside of the                   petitioners a fail-safe mechanism for                 these benefits by a ‘‘systematic
                                                 one-year statutory period, for filing a                 avoiding the provisions of the statute,               extension of the one-year period.’’
                                                 second petition to challenge those                      by filing serial petitions that add a                    The Office also received comments
                                                 claims which it unsuccessfully                          single new reference to support the                   advocating that the Office make more
                                                 challenged in the first petition’’);                    same grounds raised in an earlier                     generous use of the option to extend the
                                                 Medtronic, Inc. v Robert Bosch                          petition. Such an approach fails to take              one-year statutory period under certain
                                                 Healthcare Systems, Inc., IPR2014–                      into account the unfairness, including                circumstances. For example,
                                                 00436 (PTAB June 19, 2014) (Paper 17)                   the potential for harassment, to patent               commenters proposed that an extension
                                                 (informative) (denying institution of                   owners when ‘‘substantially the same’’                of the one-year deadline would be
                                                 inter partes review where petition was                  prior art is raised sequentially against              appropriate under the following
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 based on redundant prior art and                        the same patent claims. The Office’s                  circumstances: (1) ‘‘where a
                                                 substantially the same arguments that                   discretion to grant or deny subsequent                comparative test(s) are deemed
                                                 were presented previously in an earlier-                petitions, by viewing all relevant                    necessary;’’ (2) where there is ‘‘delay by
                                                 filed petition challenging the same                     circumstances as a whole, on a case-by-               the party not seeking the extension;’’ (3)
                                                 patent and filed by a different                         case basis, is preferable to setting down             ‘‘if there is a later-filed AIA proceeding
                                                 Petitioner, but where the Petitioner in                 a rigid rule.                                         on the same patent that will not reach
                                                 the later-filed case acknowledged that it                  Within the existing framework of the               a final decision until after the first
                                                 was a real party-in-interest in the                     statute and rules, the Office has                     proceeding is concluded;’’ (4) ‘‘where


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50736                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 additional discovery is sought . . . in                 establishing a reasonable time limit                     Response: The comment is adopted.
                                                 regard to secondary considerations or                   when live testimony is permitted.                     The Office will provide guidance on this
                                                 real party in interest;’’ (5) ‘‘in situations              Response: The Office will continue its             issue in the FAQs on the PTAB Trials
                                                 in which more time is needed to                         present practice of considering requests              Web site and in the Office Patent Trial
                                                 consider amended claims;’’ and (6)                      for oral hearings on a case-by-case basis.            Practice Guide.
                                                 ‘‘where an irreplaceable, key participant               Thus far, the Office has authorized and                  Comment 5: A commenter requested
                                                 becomes unexpectedly unavailable.’’                     granted one such motion requesting oral               that the Office provide the parties with
                                                    Many commenters also suggested that                  testimony. See K–40 Electronics, LLC v.               additional days to permit exchange and
                                                 an extension would be appropriate in                    Escort, Inc., Case IPR2013–00203 (PTAB                conference on demonstratives.
                                                 complex cases ‘‘in the interests of                     May 21, 2014) (Paper 34). The Office                     Response: The comment is adopted.
                                                 justness, fairness to the parties’’ and ‘‘to            does not expect that oral testimony will              The Office’s rules for oral hearings are
                                                 conduct a full and fair review of the                   be required in every case where there is              proposed to be modified to require the
                                                 record.’’ The commenters described                      conflicting testimony. When requested                 exchange of demonstratives seven
                                                 examples of complex cases as including:                 by the parties, however, and where the                business days before the final hearing
                                                 (1) ‘‘where there is a complex situation                panel believes oral testimony will be                 date.
                                                 with multiple proceedings;’’ (2) when                   helpful in making a determination, the                   Comment 6: A commenter requested
                                                 ‘‘the [Patent] Owner is involved in                     Office will permit oral testimony. The                that the Office revise its guidelines on
                                                 multiple proceedings simultaneously;’’                  format for presenting live testimony is               the nature of demonstrative exhibits at
                                                 (3) ‘‘when an invention is particularly                 left to the discretion of the panel.                  oral argument to make them more
                                                 complex;’’ (3) ‘‘where multiple AIA                        Comment 2: Two commenters                          ‘‘relaxed.’’
                                                 trials are consolidated or joined;’’ (4)                suggested that the Office should revise                  Response: The comment is not
                                                 ‘‘where there are a large number of                     the definition of ‘‘hearing’’ or ‘‘trial’’ to         adopted. The guidelines on
                                                 parties involved;’’ and (5) ‘‘where the                 clarify that live testimony at the final              demonstrative exhibits are intended to
                                                 trial involves complicated discovery                    hearing is part of an AIA trial.                      prevent a party from supplementing the
                                                 issues.’’                                                  Response: The current definition of                record with additional evidence and
                                                    Response: The Office will continue to                                                                      arguments after the period for
                                                                                                         what constitutes a trial is intended to
                                                 strive to meet the one-year statutory                                                                         presenting evidence has ended.
                                                                                                         establish an endpoint for the receipt of
                                                 time period for trial. By striving to meet                                                                       Comment 7: One commenter
                                                                                                         evidence. Thus, unless otherwise
                                                 the one-year statutory time period in                                                                         suggested upgrading technology
                                                                                                         authorized, no new evidence can be
                                                 most cases, the Office safeguards a core                                                                      resources so that hearings can be held
                                                                                                         presented at the final oral hearing, as
                                                 function of the administrative process as                                                                     in regional offices.
                                                 a speedy alternative to district court                  that would create surprise and be unfair
                                                                                                                                                                  Response: Currently, the Office is
                                                 litigation. The Office does not propose                 to the party against whom the evidence
                                                                                                                                                               planning to upgrade its ability to hold
                                                 to change the rules pertaining to the                   is being offered. However, in the case of
                                                                                                                                                               hearings in regional offices.
                                                 one-year pendency from institution-to-                  oral testimony at the final hearing, it is               Comment 8: One commenter
                                                 decision to provide for specific                        understood, and the Board will make                   suggested that hearing rooms be open at
                                                 circumstances under which ‘‘good                        clear at the hearing, that the testimony              least 30 minutes before the scheduled
                                                 cause’’ may be shown. The Board will                    is evidence that becomes part of the                  hearing time to allow the parties to
                                                 continue to determine on the facts of                   record.                                               organize themselves and connect any
                                                 each case, in which an extension is                        Comment 3: Several commenters                      equipment to be used during the
                                                 requested, whether a particular request                 suggested that the Office should alter its            hearing.
                                                 sets forth facts sufficient to meet the                 format for final oral hearings to allow                  Response: The current Office practice
                                                 ‘‘good cause’’ standard to extend the                   each party to reserve time for a main                 is to open PTAB hearing rooms to the
                                                 one-year statutory deadline to complete                 and rebuttal argument.                                parties and public 30 minutes before the
                                                 a trial. The Office proposes, however, to                  Response: The comment is not                       hearing is scheduled to start. The Office
                                                 revise the Office Patent Trial Practice                 adopted. The current format of oral                   will continue this practice.
                                                 Guide to provide examples of instances                  hearings and the availability of rebuttal                Comment 9: A commenter advocated
                                                 in which an extension of the one-year                   arguments are dictated by burdens of                  allowing a recess during oral argument
                                                 statutory period may be warranted.                      proof. Consequently, the petitioner, who              to confer with an expert when there is
                                                 These examples will not be an exclusive                 has the burden of proving the                         a question of specific claim
                                                 list.                                                   challenged claims unpatentable, is                    construction.
                                                                                                         permitted to rebut the patent owner’s                    Response: The panel hearing a final
                                                 Oral Hearing                                            opposing argument on that issue.                      argument will evaluate a party’s request
                                                    The Office asked, ‘‘Under what                       Likewise, a patent owner who presents                 for a recess on a case-by-case basis.
                                                 circumstances, if any, should live                      argument on a motion to amend at final                   Comment 10: A commenter suggested
                                                 testimony be permitted at the oral                      hearing is permitted to rebut petitioner’s            that all judges of a proceeding be
                                                 hearing? What changes, if any, should                   opposing argument on that issue.                      available for multiple session final
                                                 be made to the format of the oral                       Providing a rebuttal to patent owner, as              arguments.
                                                 hearing?’’ 79 FR at 36477.                              a matter of right, on unpatentablilty                    Response: This comment is adopted
                                                    Comment 1: Several commenters                        would disadvantage the party with the                 in part. Sometimes several related cases
                                                 asked the Board to be more willing to                   burden of proof. The Board, however,                  having different assigned panels are
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 permit live testimony of declarants.                    has broad discretion to conduct final                 heard at the same time in a multi-
                                                 Some suggested that live testimony be                   oral hearings in a manner that is in the              session hearing. The Office ensures that,
                                                 considered when requested or when the                   interests of justice.                                 absent extenuating circumstances, the
                                                 issues turn on conflicting expert                          Comment 4: A commenter requested                   panel members assigned to a particular
                                                 testimony. Others commented that live                   that the Office clarify whether the                   case are present at the session when that
                                                 testimony is rarely needed in AIA trials                parties are limited to presenting                     case is heard. The Office also
                                                 and the format of oral hearings should                  argument on issues specified in the oral              encourages the panel members assigned
                                                 not change. One party suggested                         hearing request.                                      to the related cases to be present for all


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                           50737

                                                 the sessions. Occasionally a scheduling                    Response: In promulgating the rules                B), the parties are always free to propose
                                                 conflict prevents a panel member from                   for the treatment of confidential                     a stipulated protective order for
                                                 attending a session in a related case.                  information in an AIA proceeding, the                 consideration by the Board. The
                                                                                                         Office attempted to strike the proper                 purpose of the default order is to
                                                 General Topics
                                                                                                         balance between protecting the                        encourage the parties to reach such
                                                    The Office asked, ‘‘What other                       discloser’s confidential information and              agreements promptly, as lengthy
                                                 changes can and should be made in AIA                   the rights of others to use that                      disputes over complex protective order
                                                 trial proceedings? For example, should                  information. There is a strong public                 provisions are inconsistent with the
                                                 changes be made to the Board’s                          policy in favor of making information                 legislative goal of providing a more
                                                 approach to instituting petitions, page                 filed in an AIA proceeding open to the                efficient, less costly alternative to
                                                 limits, or request for rehearing                        public, especially because the                        litigation. As always, if the parties are
                                                 practice?’’ 79 FR at 36477.                             proceeding determines the patentability               unable to come to agreement on any
                                                    Comment 1: Several comments                          of claims in an issued patent and,                    issue, the Board is available to provide
                                                 suggested reduced filing fees for smaller               therefore, affects the rights of the public.          guidance.
                                                 businesses such as micro-entities and                   Nonetheless, if a party wishes the Board                 In light of the above, the Office does
                                                 technology start-ups, especially those                  to consider truly sensitive information               not propose any rule change in response
                                                 involved in litigation.                                 in making a patentability determination,              to these comments. However, the Office
                                                    Response: The Office does not adopt                  the current rules provide a mechanism                 appreciates the comments directed to
                                                 this proposal. The Office was not given                 for the party to seek protection of that              affording the ‘‘opponent’’ an
                                                 authority to provide for small entity and               information from public disclosure by                 opportunity to explain why the
                                                 micro-entity filing fee reduction for                   providing for motions to seal and the                 evidence is confidential and placing the
                                                 reviews under AIA. The current filing                   filing of a proposed protective order. 37             burden on the designating party to show
                                                 fee schedule, available at http://                      CFR 42.54.                                            good cause in sealing the information.
                                                 www.uspto.gov/learning-and-resources/                      With respect to the specific situation             The Office agrees it is reasonable that
                                                 fees-and-payment/uspto-fee-schedule,                    identified by the commenters regarding                the party designating information as
                                                 takes into account the costs and                        the filing of an opponent’s confidential              confidential is in the better position of
                                                 expenses for maintaining the operation                  information, the current rules provide                explaining that designation and bearing
                                                 of the Office, and in particular, the                   mechanisms to maintain confidentiality                the burden of maintaining
                                                 operation of the Board in conducting                    of such information. For example, under               confidentiality. Accordingly, the Office
                                                 AIA proceedings.                                        Rule 42.14, information subject to a                  will revise the protective order in the
                                                    Comment 2: The Office received                       motion to seal is ‘‘provisionally sealed              Office Trial Practice Guide to include
                                                 comments regarding the use of party                     on receipt of the motion and remain[s]                language addressing this concern.
                                                 confidential information produced                       so pending the outcome of the decision                   Comment 3: Several commenters
                                                 under a protective order in parallel                    on the motion.’’ Following the filing of              recommended the use of word count
                                                 district court proceedings. Commenters                  the motion to seal, an opponent may                   instead of page limits.
                                                 expressed concern that such party                       contact the Board and raise concerns                     Response: This comment is adopted
                                                 confidential information may be                         regarding the other party’s motion and                for the petition, preliminary response,
                                                 submitted in an AIA proceeding by the                   the confidentiality of the opponent’s                 patent owner response, and petitioner’s
                                                 opposing party where there is ‘‘little                  information while the information is                  reply brief. For all other briefing, a page
                                                 incentive to . . . either limit the                     provisionally sealed. Further, under                  limitation will be maintained. This
                                                 evidence to that which has a nexus to                   Rule 42.54, if applicable, the Board may              change will allow the Office to gain
                                                 the challenged claims or to provide                     issue an order to protect a party or                  administrative efficiencies. For
                                                 sufficient argument to maintain’’                       person from disclosing confidential                   example, with the use of word counts
                                                 confidentiality. Commenters further                     information, including ‘‘[f]orbidding the             for the main briefing for AIA
                                                 suggested procedural safeguards                         disclosure or discovery.’’ Moreover, to               proceedings, petitions will no longer be
                                                 whereby, prior to filing an opponent’s                  the extent that confidential information              reviewed to determine if any claim
                                                 confidential information, a party is                    may have been improperly filed, Rule                  charts contain argument. This will
                                                 required to: (1) Initiate a conference call             42.56 provides for the expungement of                 streamline administrative review of
                                                 with the Board; (2) identify the                        this information from the record.                     petitions and reduce the number of non-
                                                 materials to be used; and (3) explain                      Additionally, a party need not wait                compliant petitions that require
                                                 why there is a nexus between the                        for the filing of a motion to seal or                 correction.
                                                 evidence and the challenged claims.                     proposed protective order to bring                       Comment 4: One comment suggested
                                                 The same commenters recommended                         issues of confidentiality to the Board’s              that a petition page limit should be
                                                 that, once the Board authorizes the                     attention. Parties are encouraged to                  determined by the number of claims
                                                 filing of this evidence, the opponent be                discuss discovery matters, including the              challenged to avoid the filing of
                                                 afforded an opportunity to explain why                  discovery of confidential information,                multiple petitions on a single patent.
                                                 the evidence be maintained under seal.                  early in proceedings to resolve potential             Another comment has favored an
                                                    Additionally, some commenters                        disputes before these occur. These                    alternative approach that provides
                                                 suggested that Section 4(A)(i) and (ii) of              discovery matters include whether a                   automatic page extension tied to excess
                                                 the default protective order should be                  protective order is necessary for the                 claim fees.
                                                 modified to place the burden on the                     proceeding. The automatic entry of a                     Response: This comment is not
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 party designating the information                       protective order in every proceeding is               adopted. Based on the Board’s
                                                 confidential to show good cause for                     not necessary, especially as the majority             experience, considering solely the
                                                 maintaining the information under seal.                 of evidence in these contested                        number of claims at issue to determine
                                                 Other commenters recommended that                       proceedings is non-confidential.                      a page limit for a petition does not
                                                 the default protective order be entered                 Nevertheless, should the parties desire               provide sufficient flexibility in a
                                                 automatically, and that the parties                     more or less protection than that                     petition to present ‘‘the precise relief
                                                 request authorization to file a motion to               provided by the default order in the                  requested’’ and ‘‘the reasons for the
                                                 modify the default protective order.                    Office Trial Practice Guide (Appendix                 relief requested, including a detailed


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50738                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 explanation of the significance of the                  claim charts.’’ With the advent of the                   Comment 8: Several comments
                                                 evidence including material facts, and                  change from page limits to word count                 advised against implementing
                                                 the governing law, rules, and                           for the petition, patent owner                        mandatory settlement discussions that
                                                 precedent’’ as required under Rule                      preliminary response, patent owner                    impact the statutory timeline for AIA
                                                 42.22(a). Although, the number of                       response, and reply brief, however, a                 proceedings. Other comments agreed
                                                 claims at issue may affect the length of                party could present its case by including             with the Board’s approach of
                                                 a petition, more often, the page length                 argument in claim charts.                             encouraging but not requiring
                                                 is governed by the discussion of the                       Comment 6: Several comments                        settlement discussions. Further
                                                 substantive unpatentability issues                      proposed allowing petitioners to file a               comments advised that additional Board
                                                 presented. In the Board’s experience,                   reply brief responsive to the patent                  resources should not be expended on
                                                 the substantive issues for multiple                     owner’s preliminary response.                         promoting settlement. Additionally,
                                                 claims in the same patent involve                       Commenters suggest that the ability to                other commenters disagreed on whether
                                                 similar discussions of technology, claim                file a reply brief will provide a more                a proceeding should be terminated
                                                 construction, and prior art references.                 complete record, reduce the burden on                 following settlement.
                                                 The Office expects that the word limits                 the Office, and reduce the number of                     Response: The Office agrees with
                                                 for inter partes review petitions,                      requests for rehearing filed by                       comments recommending the
                                                 covered business method patent review                   petitioners. Another comment, however,                encouragement of settlement and often
                                                 petitions, and post-grant review                        contends this proposed practice at the                includes a meet-and-confer requirement
                                                 petitions will be sufficient in all but                 preliminary stage of the review would                 in a Scheduling Order. Additionally, the
                                                 exceptional cases. Furthermore,                         afford petitioners an unfair advantage in             Office notes that the extent of the
                                                 petitioners may seek waiver of the word                 including arguments in the reply not                  Board’s involvement in settlement
                                                 limits in appropriate circumstances. 37                 addressed in the petition.                            discussions, if any, will be determined
                                                 CFR 42.24(a)(2).                                           Response: The Office does not adopt                on a case-by-case basis, especially
                                                    Comment 5: The Office received                       the proposal of a petitioner’s reply as of            where the parties request such
                                                 several comments regarding the use of                   right in the pre-institution phase of an              involvement.
                                                 claim charts. One commenter suggested                   AIA review. Adding a reply as of right                   With respect to the issue of
                                                 claim charts should be attached                         to the record at the preliminary stage                termination following settlement,
                                                 separately from a petition and should                   would increase the burden on Office                   current Rule 42.74 provides the Board
                                                 not count toward the page limit. Other                  review by introducing additional                      with discretion to determine issues of
                                                 commenters requested clarification on                   arguments into the record not presented               unpatentability after a settlement in a
                                                 the permitted contents in claim charts.                 in the petition, which is the focus of the            proceeding. In the Board’s experience,
                                                 For example, one commenter suggests                     institution decision. Further, under Rule             this rule allows the Board greater
                                                 that claim charts only include                          42.5 the Office exercises discretion in               flexibility to balance the public interest
                                                 quotations from and citations to the                    administering the proceedings to                      in resolving issues of unpatentability
                                                 prior art. Another commenter suggested                  balance the ideal of precise rules against            with the need to efficiently allocate
                                                 allowing citations to declarations in the               the need for flexibility to achieve                   Board resources. Thus, the Office does
                                                 claim chart to support arguments as                     reasonably fast, inexpensive, and fair                not adopt any rule change.
                                                 long as the declaration does not                        proceedings. Accordingly, the Board                      Comment 9: The Office received a
                                                 ‘‘bootstrap arguments not also presented                will continue to consider a petitioners’              number of comments suggesting that the
                                                 in the briefing.’’                                      requests for filing reply briefs on a case-           Board designate more decisions as
                                                    Response: In considering the use of                  by-case basis, such as in response to                 precedential or informative to improve
                                                 claim charts, the Office has always been                testimonial evidence submitted by a                   consistency of Board decisions,
                                                 mindful of the concerns that claim                      patent owner in its preliminary                       although one commenter suggested that
                                                 charts may be used improperly by                        response.                                             the Office should not announce policy
                                                 parties to circumvent page limits.                         Comment 7: Several comments                        changes inferentially, for example, by
                                                 Indeed, claim charts have been                          proposed increased page limits for the                selectively publishing decisions as
                                                 improperly used by parties to present                   petitioner’s reply to patent owner’s                  informative. One commenter suggested
                                                 attorney arguments and the                              response. Other comments suggested                    the assignment of an assistant chief
                                                 incorporation by reference of evidence                  allowing patent owners to file a surreply             judge to identify precedential and
                                                 and arguments (e.g., copious citations to               to the petitioner’s reply to patent                   informative decisions, and the
                                                 declarations) that would otherwise                      owner’s response addressing new issues                promulgation of a rule-based
                                                 exceed the page limits if provided                      that appear in replies. Another comment               designation process. Another
                                                 elsewhere in briefing. As explained in                  proposed replacing the motion for                     commenter advocated revising SOP 2 to
                                                 the Board’s frequently asked questions,                 observations with a surreply.                         streamline the designation process.
                                                 D12, ‘‘[p]lacing one’s argument and                        Response: The Office has recently                     Response: The Office does not adopt
                                                 claim construction in a claim chart to                  issued rules that adopt the proposed                  these changes. Standard Operating
                                                 circumvent the double spacing                           change for increasing the page limit of               Procedure 2 (rev. 9) (‘‘SOP 2’’) provides
                                                 requirement is not permitted, and any                   the petitioner’s reply to twenty-five (25)            that any member of the Board may
                                                 such argument or claim construction                     pages. The Office does not adopt the                  recommend to the Chief Judge that an
                                                 may not be considered by the Board.’’                   other proposed changes regarding                      opinion be designated as precedential or
                                                 Further, D12 explains the ‘‘Board                       surreplies. The Office Patent Trial                   informative. This procedure ensures
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 previously accepted a few petitions with                Practice Guide provides that ‘‘a reply                that all members of the Board, and not
                                                 claim charts that included claim                        that raises a new issue or belatedly                  just an assigned member, have the
                                                 constructions, arguments, and                           presents evidence will not be                         opportunity to nominate a case of which
                                                 explanations as to how the claim is                     considered and may be returned.’’ Thus,               others may not be aware. Further, SOP
                                                 unpatentable because the procedure for                  a surreply is not required to address                 2 provides that parties to a proceeding
                                                 filing AIA petitions was new. However,                  new issues raised in a petitioner’s reply             or a third party member of the public
                                                 correction is now required when a                       because such new issues are not                       may, within 60 days of issuance of an
                                                 petition includes improper usage of                     considered by the Board.                              opinion, request that the opinion be


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                         50739

                                                 made precedential. This procedure                       eFOIA site at http://e-foia.uspto.gov/                will continue to assess whether such
                                                 further engages stakeholders in the                     Foia/PTABReadingRoom.jsp, and has                     balance is appropriately struck.
                                                 process of maintaining consistency at                   endeavored to maintain up-to-date and                    Comment 13: One commenter
                                                 the Board by bringing cases of interest                 archived statistics on AIA proceedings,               suggested that the scope of estoppel
                                                 to stakeholders to the Board’s attention.               available at http://www.uspto.gov/                    under 37 CFR 42.73(d)(3) is too broad
                                                 Additionally, the Office does not adopt                 patents-application-process/patent-                   because it encompasses a finally refused
                                                 a rule-based approach given that SOP 2                  trial-and-appeal-board/statistics. Thus,              or cancelled claim of a patent owner in
                                                 provides clear and sufficient guidance                  at this time no changes to the                        an AIA review as prior art to be used
                                                 on the procedures taken at the Board for                availability of statistics or the                     against the patent owner, and may not
                                                 the designation of cases as informative                 underlying data are adopted.                          allow a patent owner to pursue
                                                 or precedential.                                           Comment 12: Several commenters                     narrower, patentably distinct claims in
                                                    Also, in addition to the informative                 expressed concern about the Office’s                  a separate reissue, reexamination, or
                                                 and precedential decisions, the Board                   practice of allowing institution based on             continuing application. Another
                                                 further provides a list of representative               some, but not all, of the grounds                     commenter requested that the Office
                                                 orders and decisions at http://                         presented in a Petition. Commenters are               should maintain its rules regarding
                                                 www.uspto.gov/patents-application-                      concerned that because the decision on                patentee estoppel to prevent a patentee
                                                 process/appealing-patent-decisions/                     institution is not appealable, and any                from seeking new, but patentably
                                                 decisions-and-opinions/representative-                  ground on a challenged claim that is not              indistinct claims in another proceeding
                                                 orders. Although not informative or                     instituted is not reflected in the final,             before the Office. Commenters also
                                                 precedential, representative orders and                 appealable decision, a petitioner has no              requested clarification of the estoppel
                                                 decisions provide guidance on the                       redress for grounds on which the Office               rule to make clear that an estoppel does
                                                 Board’s treatment of recurring issues in                chooses to not institute. Also, one                   not arise where an amendment is
                                                 AIA proceedings. See Standard                           commenter suggested, allowing claim                   proposed, but not granted.
                                                 Operating Procedure 2 (Rev. 9)                                                                                   Response: The Office appreciates the
                                                                                                         amendments for any ‘‘challenged’’
                                                 (explaining distinction between routine,                                                                      comments, but does not propose any
                                                                                                         patent claim as contemplated by the
                                                 representative, informative, and                                                                              rule change in response. The rule that
                                                                                                         AIA would be at odds with a practice
                                                 precedential), http://www.uspto.gov/                                                                          the comment addresses, 37 CFR
                                                                                                         where all challenged claims may not be
                                                 sites/default/files/documents/sop2-                                                                           42.73(d)(3), appropriately precludes an
                                                                                                         in a trial. A commenter suggested
                                                 revision-9-dated-9-22-2014.pdf.                                                                               applicant or owner from obtaining a
                                                                                                         shifting the redundancy determination
                                                    Comment 10: One commenter                                                                                  claim that is not patentably distinct
                                                                                                         to the final written decision, so that
                                                 suggested that the Office Patent Trial                                                                        from a finally refused or canceled claim.
                                                                                                         such a decision is appealable. One                       Comment 14: Several commenters
                                                 Practice Guide should be updated
                                                 periodically.                                           commenter stated that redundancy                      were concerned with a panel’s
                                                    Response: The Office is currently                    should not be applied where grounds                   perceived reluctance to revisit a
                                                 working on a revised Office Patent Trial                are in different statutory classes, or                decision, whether on rehearing or on
                                                 Practice Guide that will be published                   when a reference can be sworn behind.                 final written decision after institution.
                                                 with the final rulemaking for these                     Another commenter suggested requiring                 One commenter suggested that the
                                                 proposed rules. The Office further                      patent owner to submit a claim                        Office should consider designating one
                                                 expects revisions to the Office Patent                  construction at the preliminary stage so              Administrative Patent Judge (‘‘APJ’’) for
                                                 Trial Practice Guide will be issued as                  that the Office could render a definitive             the decision on institution and a panel
                                                 needed in the future.                                   construction in its decision on                       of three APJs for the corresponding AIA
                                                    Comment 11: Several commenters                       institution, subject to broadening in                 trial because of a real or perceived
                                                 advocated improvements to the Board’s                   view of claim construction opinions in                challenge for panel members to remain
                                                 Web site and docketing case system.                     concurrent litigation, and avoid                      impartial in conducting an AIA trial on
                                                 Suggestions included the integration of                 redundancy determinations between                     the merits when they participated in the
                                                 the PTAB docketing system with Patent                   grounds under sections 102 and 103,                   decision to institute the trial. The
                                                 Application Information Retrieval                       that may prove during trial to be unduly              commenter further stated that having
                                                 (‘‘PAIR’’), improvements to Patent                      constraining.                                         the same three APJs consider an
                                                 Review Processing System (‘‘PRPS’’)                        Response: The Office appreciates the               incomplete, preliminary record to
                                                 searching capabilities and user                         concerns expressed by the comments,                   decide institution, and subsequently
                                                 interface, and increased availability of                but must balance these concerns with                  issuing a final written decision based on
                                                 statistics concerning AIA proceedings.                  the workload in AIA proceedings and                   the complete trial record, creates an
                                                 One commenter suggested that all final                  the statutory time constraints under                  actual or perceived bias against the
                                                 written decisions should be uploaded                    which AIA review proceeding must be                   patent owner. Another commenter
                                                 into PAIR.                                              decided. In order to ensure a fair and                suggested that the panel that institutes
                                                    Response: The Office has considered                  efficient process to resolve reviews in a             should be different from the panel that
                                                 the commenters’ suggestions and is                      timely fashion, the Office uses partial               makes a final decision on the merits
                                                 working with vendors to improve PRPS                    institution as one tool to manage                     because it would increase due process
                                                 and provide additional functionality                    effectively AIA reviews. The Office is                protections, reduce any bias or
                                                 such as searching in the case docketing                 cognizant of the ramifications of partial             perception of bias, and more fully meet
                                                 system. With respect to integration with                institution where the grounds are in                  AIA requirements by avoiding any
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 PAIR, after the issuance of a final                     different statutory classes, or when a                blurring of the distinction between the
                                                 written decision in an AIA proceeding,                  reference may be overcome by swearing                 threshold standard for institution and
                                                 the final written decision also is                      behind it, and strives to strike an                   the higher standard for a determination
                                                 uploaded into PAIR. In the Office’s                     appropriate balance between what can                  on the merits of patentability. Several
                                                 experience, this provides sufficient                    be accomplished during the finite time                commenters suggested that requests for
                                                 continuity of information between PRPS                  frame for a trial and fairness to the                 rehearing should be freely allowed and
                                                 and PAIR. Additionally, the Office posts                parties in fully vetting patentability                an expanded panel of APJs should be
                                                 all final Board decisions to the Office’s               issues on challenged claims. The Office               used to have ‘‘another set of eyes’’ to


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50740                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 ensure that rehearing requests will be                  include identification of conflicting                 42.301(b) should be amended to reflect
                                                 duly considered, with another                           Board or court decisions, but does not                that both factors for determining a
                                                 commenter suggesting that a completely                  necessitate such a statement. See 37                  technological invention must not exist
                                                 different panel of APJs should consider                 CFR 42.71(d). Requiring a moving party                for a claim to be found to fail to define
                                                 requests for rehearing. Another                         to identify all matters the party believes            a ‘‘technological invention.’’
                                                 commenter suggested that the Office                     the Board misapprehended or                              Response: The Office appreciates
                                                 should clarify what types of decisions                  overlooked, and the place where each                  these comments and continues to assess
                                                 are appropriate for an expanded panel                   matter was previously addressed in a                  the training needs for employees. The
                                                 review. One commenter asked for a                       motion, an opposition, or a reply is                  Office declines to amend 37 CFR
                                                 requirement that a party requesting                     appropriate for a rehearing request. See              42.301(b) as it reflects properly the
                                                 rehearing should file a statement                       id.                                                   standard for determining whether a
                                                 specifically identifying conflicting                       Comment 15: Two commenters sought                  patent is for a technological invention.
                                                 Board or court decisions. Another                       a more generous schedule for parties to                  Comment 18: One commenter
                                                 commenter suggested that a reply brief                  conduct the trial and advocated a more                advocates application of an issue
                                                 for a petitioner should be allowed before               proactive management of the trial by                  preclusion analysis in deciding whether
                                                 a decision on institution is made, rather               earlier rulings on interlocutory motions,             to adopt a prior claim construction in
                                                 than relying on the availability of a                   such as motions to amend, claim                       another proceeding.
                                                 request for rehearing that has a                        construction disputes, and motions to                    Response: Although the Office
                                                 deferential standard, because the panel                 exclude, to narrow the issues for trial.              considers prior claim constructions
                                                 that decided the original decision may                     Response: Although there is                        rendered in another proceeding, the
                                                 be reluctant to revisit it.                             discretion in how to schedule due dates               Office is mindful that the Board follows
                                                    Response: The Office believes that the               for an AIA trial, the Office is cognizant             a different claim construction approach
                                                 panel deciding whether to institute an                  of the constraints on parties to engage in            than that of district courts, and the
                                                 AIA proceeding is not predisposed to                    and complete discovery in a timely                    evidentiary record in the later AIA
                                                 rule in favor of any party, whether the                 manner. To that end, the standard                     proceeding may be different than the
                                                 petitioner or patent owner, and that                    Scheduling Order generally entered in                 one in the prior proceeding. Therefore,
                                                 each panel applies the appropriate legal                each case allows the parties to stipulate             a strict issue preclusion analysis would
                                                 standard to make a fair and unbiased                    to adjustment of deadlines for the filing             not be appropriate for every case. The
                                                 decision based upon the evidence and                    of patent owner’s response, petitioner’s              Office will determine the claim
                                                 arguments of record. In response to                     reply, briefing for any motion to amend,              construction on a case-by-case basis
                                                 these comments and to explore gaining                   and briefing on any motions for                       depending on the facts presented in the
                                                 further efficiencies in AIA proceedings,                observations and any motion to exclude                particular proceeding.
                                                 however, the Office may seek, in a                      except for the reply briefs for the motion               Comment 19: Several commenters had
                                                 separate Request for Comments,                          to exclude (due dates 1 through 5). If a              suggestions for deposition practice
                                                 comments on a proposed pilot program                    problem arises in meeting the schedule                before the Office in AIA trials. One
                                                 under which the determination of                        set forth by the Office on dates for                  commenter suggested that 37 CFR
                                                 whether to institute an IPR will be made                which the parties may not stipulate to                42.53(d)(4) is too restrictive by requiring
                                                 by a single APJ, with two additional                    a change or on which the parties do not               a notice of deposition to be filed at least
                                                 APJs being assigned to the IPR if a trial               agree to a new date, the parties are                  10 days before a deposition takes place,
                                                 is instituted. In that separate Request for             encouraged to contact the Office to                   because in practice, parties often do not
                                                 Comments, the Office also may seek                      resolve the issue. The Office continues               agree on the place and time of a
                                                 comments on any other issues relevant                   to review the AIA proceedings to assess               deposition within this time frame.
                                                 to fair and efficient decision making.                  where efficiencies may be gained for                  Another commenter asked for
                                                    The Office recently has revised SOP1                 both the Office and the parties, but does             clarification concerning when counsel
                                                 to describe situations in which an                      not contemplate at this time requiring                may object to a line of questioning in a
                                                 expanded panel may be utilized, where                   resolution of interlocutory motions at                deposition as beyond the scope of the
                                                 the decision to expand a panel is made                  certain points in the trial timeline. As              witness’s direct testimony. Two
                                                 on a case-by-case basis. In SOP1, the                   always, should any party believe that a               commenters requested clarification of
                                                 Office has included reasons that may                    particular motion in a case warrants                  37 CFR 42.53(g) governing which party
                                                 warrant expansion of a panel. This                      early attention to resolve an issue that              should bear the costs associated with
                                                 guidance may be found on the Office’s                   will truncate the proceeding, such party              the testimony of a witness. Another
                                                 Web site at: http://www.uspto.gov/sites/                is invited to bring that issue to the                 commenter seeks a blanket prohibition
                                                 default/files/documents/SOP1%20-                        attention of the Office in that case.                 on a party’s ability to confer with a
                                                 %20Rev.%2014%202015-05-08.pdf.                             Comment 16: One commenter                          witness during the deposition,
                                                 Also, a petitioner always has the ability               suggested changing 37 CFR 42.20(c) to                 especially between cross-examination
                                                 to request that a panel authorize the                   refer to both the burden of proof and                 and re-direct, which the commenter
                                                 filing of a reply brief at the preliminary              persuasion, and to refer to the burden                asserts encourages rehearsal of
                                                 stage. Although a petitioner is not                     being placed on the ‘‘petitioning or                  testimony for re-direct.
                                                 afforded a reply brief as of right before               moving’’ party, as opposed to ‘‘moving                   Response: The Office appreciates
                                                 institution, the Office has provided in                 party’’ only.                                         these comments. The Office invites
                                                 these proposed rules an explicit                           Response: The Office appreciates the               further comment on how to amend
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 provision affording an opportunity to                   comment, but declines to amend the                    section 42.53(d)(4). For instance, should
                                                 seek permission to file a reply brief to                rule.                                                 the rule be amended to reduce the
                                                 respond to a preliminary response that                     Comment 17: One commenter                          amount of lead time for filing a notice
                                                 presents testimonial evidence.                          suggests that further training of APJs in             of deposition before the deposition,
                                                    A request for rehearing is an                        the payments industry may be necessary                allow the parties to stipulate to the
                                                 opportunity to address whether a panel                  for those working on covered business                 timing for filing, or allow both options?
                                                 misapprehended or overlooked a matter                   method patent reviews. Another                        Determining when a party’s line of
                                                 in rendering its opinion, which may                     commenter suggests that 37 CFR                        questioning in a deposition is beyond


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                            50741

                                                 the scope of the deposition is best                     electronic mail regularly or who prefer               issued further guidance on motions to
                                                 handled on a case-by-case basis, and the                service by mail.                                      amend through decisions, such as
                                                 Office is amenable to handling timely                      Comment 22: Two commenters                         MasterImage 3D, Inc. v. RealD Inc., Case
                                                 these issues as they arise in a                         questioned how experts are utilized in                IPR2015–00040 (PTAB July 15, 2015)
                                                 deposition. The Office has provided                     AIA proceedings. One commenter favors                 (Paper 42), and currently proposes
                                                 guidance on which party should bear                     significant sanctions for counsel to                  allowing Patent Owners to present new
                                                 the costs associated with the testimony                 author a report that an expert signs                  testimonial evidence at the preliminary
                                                 of a witness in the Office Patent Trial                 without authorship. A second                          stage of the proceeding. The Office also
                                                 Practice Guide in discussing witness                    commenter seeks amendment of 37 CFR                   is proposing a word count for major
                                                 expenses associated with discovery. See                 42.65(a) to require that an unsupported               briefing to allow the parties to present
                                                 77 FR at 48761. The Office invites                      expert report be entitled to ‘‘no weight.’’           arguments and evidence to the Office in
                                                 further comment on any additional                          Response: The authority of the Office              a way that the party deems is most
                                                 clarification that is needed. The Office                to sanction a party for misconduct, see               effective, and is proposing a Rule-11
                                                 appreciates the comment concerning                      37 CFR 42.12, including abuse of                      type certification be applied to police
                                                 when a party may confer with its                        process or any other improper use of the              the actions of counsel, as well as parties,
                                                 witness during a deposition, but                        proceeding, is robust, and the Office                 in AIA proceedings. Based upon input
                                                 believes that the guidance in the Office                proposes adding a Rule 11-type                        from the public and experience with the
                                                 Patent Trial Practice Guide strikes the                 certification for all papers filed with the           proceedings, the Office will continue its
                                                 correct balance concerning when a party                 Board with a provision for sanctions for              efforts to make the proceedings as fair
                                                 may confer with its witness.                            noncompliance that would apply to                     and effective as possible under
                                                    Comment 20: One commenter                            practitioners as well as parties.                     congressional mandate.
                                                 suggested that a patent owner be                        Therefore, the Office has the ability to                 Comment 25: One commenter
                                                 required to serve any evidence regarding                sanction inappropriate conduct that is                expressed concern over use of AIA
                                                 authentication or public availability of a              brought to its attention. The Office                  proceedings by a second petitioner that
                                                 prior art reference on which trial has                  declines to amend 37 CFR 42.65(a) to                  uses prior art or arguments from a
                                                 been instituted, concurrent with any                    require that an unsupported expert                    previously filed petition and expressed
                                                                                                         report must be entitled to ‘‘no weight.’’             concerns about consistency in the
                                                 objections the patent owner is making to
                                                                                                            Comment 23: One commenter stated                   joinder process. This commenter
                                                 the petitioner’s evidence.
                                                                                                         that an Office decision nullifying the                suggested assigning the second
                                                    Response: The Office appreciates the                 claims of a patent or an affirmance of                petitioner the role of junior party, who
                                                 comment. The rules currently provide                    such a decision should operate to trigger             should not be allowed to continue the
                                                 that unless previously served, a party                  the failure-to-market forfeiture                      proceeding if the original petitioner and
                                                 must serve relevant information that is                 provisions under 21 U.S.C.                            patent owner successfully settle the AIA
                                                 inconsistent with a position advanced                   355(j)(5)(D)(i)(I).                                   proceeding.
                                                 by the party during the proceeding                         Response: The Office appreciates the                  Response: The Office appreciates
                                                 concurrent with the filing of the                       comment, but as the commenter                         these comments, and notes that the
                                                 documents or things that contains the                   recognizes, such a request is beyond the              Office has the discretion concerning
                                                 inconsistency. See 37 CFR                               Office’s jurisdiction to accomplish.                  whether to institute an AIA review and
                                                 42.51(b)(1)(iii). Therefore, a patent                      Comment 24: Several commenters                     the authority to decline to institute
                                                 owner advancing the position that                       expressed concern about the perception                where the same or substantially the
                                                 evidence is not authentic or was not                    of overall fairness of AIA proceedings to             same prior art or arguments were
                                                 available publicly has an obligation to                 both the petitioner and patent owner.                 previously presented to the Office. See
                                                 serve this information on the petitioner.               For instance, several commenters                      35 U.S.C. 314(a), 315(d), 324(a), 325(d).
                                                    Comment 21: To facilitate electronic                 expressed concern that the Office is                  Although the Office strives for
                                                 filing, one commenter suggested that                    more concerned with the speed and                     consistency in the treatment of parties
                                                 backup counsel’s login credentials                      efficiency with which it handles AIA                  before the Office, the Office declines to
                                                 should be able to be used for filing                    proceedings than with the perception of               adopt the suggestion to assign a second
                                                 documents and that service may be                       fairness of the proceedings to all                    petitioner, asserting similar argument or
                                                 made to electronic mail addresses                       involved parties. Several commenters                  prior art as a first petitioner, the role of
                                                 specified in the mandatory notices                      expressed a perception that AIA                       ‘‘junior party’’ and to discontinue a
                                                 without requiring agreement of the                      proceedings are skewed in favor of                    proceeding if the original petitioner and
                                                 parties.                                                petitioner.                                           the patent owner settle their dispute.
                                                    Response: The Office appreciates the                    Response: The Office appreciates                   The Office will not terminate a
                                                 suggestions and is working to improve                   these comments and continues to                       proceeding that has not been settled as
                                                 its electronic filing and case                          actively engage with the public and                   to all parties because each party is
                                                 management system. Parties are now                      practitioners who utilize AIA                         entitled to assert its interest in the
                                                 permitted to identify one backup                        proceedings, as the Office has done with              proceeding.
                                                 counsel who will have the same                          this notice of proposed rulemaking, to                   Comment 26: Commenters suggested
                                                 permissions as lead counsel and be                      continually monitor the fairness of the               eliminating the proposed statement of
                                                 permitted to file documents in the                      proceedings for all involved parties, as              material facts option in 37 CFR 42.22
                                                 system. Parties may identify additional                 well as examining ways to ensure that                 and 42.23 because it is not used often
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 backup counsel, but only the lead                       the process is as efficient and fair as               and panels have differed as to whether
                                                 counsel and first backup counsel may                    possible under the congressional                      such statements are counted in the page
                                                 file documents. With respect to service                 mandate. For instance, in the Office’s                limits.
                                                 under § 42.6(e), the Office believes that               ‘‘Quick-Fix’’ rulemaking, the Office                     Response: The Office appreciates this
                                                 the ability to serve electronically should              provided for additional pages for                     comment, but declines to adopt it in
                                                 remain optional upon agreement of the                   briefing for motions to amend and the                 order to maintain the option of a party
                                                 parties, rather than mandatory, to                      petitioner’s reply brief and provided for             to choose to file a proposed statement of
                                                 accommodate users who do not use                        a claims appendix. The Office has also                material facts. See 37 CFR 42.24


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50742                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 (including any statement of material                    current case law be incorporated into a               disputes in the proceeding before the
                                                 facts to be admitted or denied in                       revised rule.                                         Office in certain situations. From the
                                                 support of a petition or motion in the                     Response: The Office appreciates                   Office’s experience, petitioners had
                                                 page limits).                                           these comments. The Federal Circuit                   submitted such papers with their
                                                    Comment 27: Several commenters                       recognizes that ‘‘the choice between                  petitions to support their proposed
                                                 expressed concern over the use of                       rulemaking and adjudication lies in the               claim constructions. Similarly, patent
                                                 demonstrative exhibits. For instance,                   first instance within the agency’s                    owners proffered district court’s claim
                                                 one commenter wanted the timing for                     discretion.’’ Microsoft Corp. v.                      construction determinations with their
                                                 exchanging demonstratives that allows                   Proxyconn, Inc., 789 F.3d 1291 (Fed.                  preliminary responses or patent owner
                                                 parties to address objections and                       Cir. 2015) (citing NLRB v. Bell                       responses in support of their position on
                                                 achieve resolution before the oral                      Aerospace Co. Div. of Textron, 416 U.S.               patentability. In fact, parties may file co-
                                                 hearing. Another commenter seeks to be                  267, 294 (1974)) (internal quotation                  pending litigation papers to support
                                                 able to use argument in demonstratives                  marks omitted). At this time, an                      their motions, oppositions, or replies.
                                                 with proper citation, and another                       effective and efficient way to provide                Parties also may seek leave to file a
                                                 commenter states that striking of                       guidance to practitioners is through the              motion to submit supplemental
                                                 demonstratives should be very rare and                  Office Patent Trial Practice Guide and                information pursuant to § 42.123, but
                                                 that problems with demonstratives                       through adjudication—the development                  such papers must be relevant to a claim
                                                 should go to the weight to be accorded.                 of case law that resolves specific issues             for which the trial has been instituted.
                                                    Response: The Office appreciates the                 in light of specific facts before the                    Comment 33: One commenter
                                                 comments and understands the                            Office. The Office will continue to                   suggested a clarification in 37 CFR
                                                 difficulty in resolving disputes                        develop guidance through these                        42.121(b)(1) to change the ‘‘support in
                                                 concerning demonstrative exhibits. The                  avenues, as well as through rulemaking,               the original disclosure of the patent’’ to
                                                 Office believes, however, that the most                 where appropriate.                                    the ‘‘support in the original disclosure
                                                 efficient way to handle such disputes is                   Comment 31: Several comments                       of the application from which the patent
                                                 on a case-by-case basis with the panel                  addressed formatting for briefing in AIA              issued.’’
                                                 for the case.                                           proceedings. For instance, one
                                                                                                                                                                  Response: The Office appreciates this
                                                    Comment 28: One commenter                            commenter asks that the requirement
                                                                                                                                                               comment, but does not adopt it as the
                                                 encourages the Office to continue                       that each page of an exhibit be uniquely
                                                                                                                                                               rule, as applied, is clear.
                                                 outreach by roundtables and webinars.                   numbered in sequence be amended to
                                                    Response: This comment is adopted.                                                                            Comment 34: Several comments were
                                                                                                         apply only if such page numbering does
                                                 The Office continues to host Board-side                 not exist already on the document to                  directed to the treatment of sole
                                                 chats, road shows, and lunch-and-learn                  avoid confusion as to which numbering                 inventors and small entities. One
                                                 programs that will begin in the fall of                 scheme is referenced in a brief. Another              commenter asked for more guidance for
                                                 2015. The Office considers these                        commenter asked that block quotes be                  independent inventors or small business
                                                 interactive programs to provide valuable                single spaced, and that incorporation by              who may want to utilize the AIA
                                                 input into how to improve the fairness                  reference be allowed at a panel’s                     proceedings pro se. For instance, the
                                                 and effectiveness of the AIA                            discretion when the same argument                     commenter stated that AIA proceedings
                                                 proceedings.                                            from another proceeding is applicable.                should be no more onerous than
                                                    Comment 29: Two commenters ask                          Response: The Office appreciates the               prosecution before the Office, should be
                                                 that the patent owner’s preliminary                     comments, but declines to adopt them.                 affordable, fair, and accessible for
                                                 response be made mandatory for certain                  Rule 42.63(d)(2)(i) requires that each                smaller companies, and should be
                                                 disclosures such as claim construction                  page of an exhibit must be uniquely                   preferential to small entities and sole
                                                 and antedating of references, which will                numbered in sequence, but does not                    inventors, who spend a greater
                                                 merely shift the timeframe in which a                   require a new set of unique numbers be                percentage of time and capital securing
                                                 patent owner must present such                          applied to an exhibit for which unique                patents than larger entities.
                                                 information and argument.                               numbers exist. The Office proposes                       Response: The Office does not adopt
                                                    Response: The Office appreciates this                using a word count for major briefing,                these proposals. The Office was not
                                                 comment. In this proposed rulemaking,                   which would negate any advantage for                  given authority to provide for small
                                                 the Office proposes allowing a patent                   using single spacing for a block quote,               entity and micro-entity filing fee
                                                 owner to present new testimonial                        and the Office requires 1.5 spaced block              reduction for reviews under AIA. The
                                                 evidence with the patent owner                          quotations for readability. See 37 CFR                current filing fee schedule, available at
                                                 preliminary response, which may                         42.6(a)(2)(iii). The Office declines to               http://www.uspto.gov/learning-and-
                                                 encourage patent owners to participate                  allow incorporation by reference at the               resources/fees-and-payment/uspto-fee-
                                                 in the preliminary phase by filing such                 panel’s discretion because such                       schedule, takes into account the costs
                                                 a response and addressing issues raised                 incorporation may subvert the page or                 and expenses for maintaining the
                                                 in the petition with argument and                       word limit and each proceeding should                 operation of the Office, and in
                                                 supporting evidence. The Office                         be self-contained within the docket for               particular, the operation of the Board in
                                                 declines, however, to make a patent                     that proceeding for efficiency and                    conducting AIA proceedings. The Office
                                                 owner preliminary response mandatory                    completeness.                                         also provides guidance for AIA
                                                 in light of the statutory framework of                     Comment 32: Another commenter                      proceedings through its Office Patent
                                                 AIA, which provides a patent owner a                    suggested that the Office allow the                   Trial Practice Guide and on its Web site.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 right to file a preliminary response. See               parties to file papers, such as claim                    Comment 35: One commenter
                                                 35 U.S.C. 313.                                          construction orders or other statements               suggested that the Office should
                                                    Comment 30: One commenter                            from co-pending litigation, as                        encourage Congress to expand the scope
                                                 requested that guidance in the Office                   supplemental information.                             of AIA proceedings by advocating that
                                                 Patent Trial Practice Guide that is not                    Response: The Office appreciates that              Congress include section 101 challenges
                                                 reflected in any rule, be incorporated                  claim construction orders and other                   in inter partes reviews, make covered
                                                 into a rule, and that criteria for pro hac              papers from co-pending litigation could               business method patent reviews
                                                 vice motions that are reflected in                      be helpful to resolve the parties’                    permanent, and expand covered


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                          50743

                                                 business method patent reviews to                       present. Also, if patent owner does not               Discussion of Specific Rules
                                                 include a broader variety of patents.                   support affirmative factual statements                Subpart A—Trial Practice and
                                                    Response: The Office remains open to                 with evidence, such statements will be                Procedure
                                                 all ways of strengthening our patent                    given little or no weight.
                                                 system and appreciates the comment,                                                                           Claim Construction Standard
                                                 and notes that these issues were                        Rule 11-Type Certification
                                                                                                                                                                  The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR
                                                 considered by Congress during the                         To further attempt to prevent any                   42.100(b), 42.200(b), and 42.300(b) as
                                                 legislative process for AIA.                            misuse of the AIA proceedings, the
                                                                                                                                                               follows:
                                                    Comment 36: One commenter                            Office proposes to amend § 42.11, which
                                                                                                                                                                  • Amend 37 CFR 42.100(b) to add the
                                                 proposed that the Office amend Rule                     prescribes the duty of candor owed to
                                                                                                                                                               phrase ‘‘that will not expire before a
                                                 42.52(d)(2) to state that cross-                        the Office, to include a Rule 11-type
                                                                                                                                                               final written decision is issued’’ after
                                                 examination should ordinarily take                      certification for all papers filed with the
                                                                                                                                                               ‘‘an unexpired patent.’’
                                                 place after any supplemental evidence                   Board with a provision for sanctions for
                                                                                                                                                                  • Amend 37 CFR 42.200(b) to add the
                                                 relating to the direct testimony has been               noncompliance. The Board also may
                                                                                                                                                               phrase ‘‘that will not expire before a
                                                 served, as opposed to filed, because                    refer possible misconduct in the course
                                                                                                         of AIA proceedings to the Office of                   final written decision is issued’’ after
                                                 supplemental evidence is served under
                                                                                                         Enrollment and Discipline for                         ‘‘an unexpired patent.’’
                                                 Rule 42.64(b)(2), and not filed until after
                                                 a motion to exclude has been filed,                     investigation and, if warranted, further                 • Amend 37 CFR 42.300(b) to add the
                                                 which occurs well after most                            proceedings under 37 CFR 11.19–11.61.                 phrase ‘‘that will not expire before a
                                                 depositions have taken place. Another                                                                         final written decision is issued’’ after
                                                                                                         Recognizing Privilege for                             ‘‘an unexpired patent.’’
                                                 commenter suggests requiring filing of
                                                                                                         Communications With Domestic Patent                      The Office will add further clarifying
                                                 supplemental evidence as exhibits
                                                                                                         Agents and Foreign Patent Practitioners               instructions in the Office Patent Trial
                                                 versus just serving.
                                                    Response: The Office will adopt these                   In 2015, the Office launched an                    Practice Guide concerning how a
                                                 comments and resolve the issue                          outreach initiative to explore various                petitioner may determine which
                                                 presented, but seeks further comment                    issues associated with confidential                   standard to apply in the petition.
                                                 on the best way to resolve the issue. For               communications with patent agents or                  Patent Owner Preliminary Response
                                                 instance, should the Office amend Rule                  foreign patent practitioners. The Office
                                                 42.52(d)(2) as suggested or amend Rule                  published a notice convening a                          The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR
                                                 42.64(b)(2) to require that supplemental                roundtable in February 2015 and                       42.107(a) to provide that the patent
                                                 evidence be filed as opposed to served?                 requesting public comments. See                       owner is not prohibited from including
                                                    Comment 37: Several commenters                       Domestic and International Issues                     new testimonial evidence with a
                                                 expressed views concerning the types of                 Related to Privileged Communications                  preliminary response and that the
                                                 arguments to be made in AIA                             Between Patent Practitioners and Their                patent owner’s preliminary response to
                                                 proceedings. For instance, one                          Clients, 80 FR 3953 (Jan. 26, 2015).                  the petition is subject to the word count
                                                 commenter suggested that the Office                     Nineteen parties submitted written                    under 37 CFR 42.24. See the proposed
                                                 should distinguish between appropriate                  comments in response to the Federal                   text in the amendatory instructions
                                                 analysis and inappropriate ‘‘argument’’                 Register notice, which are available on               below.
                                                 in claim charts. A second commenter                     the USPTO Web site at: http://                          The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR
                                                 sought a limitation on the number of                    www.uspto.gov/learning-and-resources/                 42.107 to delete paragraph (c) so that the
                                                 invalidity arguments. Another                           ip-policy/roundtable-domestic-and-                    patent owner is not prohibited from
                                                 commenter wanted clarification of the                   international-issues-related-privileged.              including new testimonial evidence
                                                 rules that a patent owner is also under                 Some of these comments raised the                     with a patent owner preliminary
                                                 a burden to support affirmative factual                 issue of unclear or inconsistent privilege            response.
                                                 statements with evidence.                               rules for agents and foreign practitioners              The Office proposes to revise 37 CFR
                                                    Response: The Office appreciates the                 during discovery in PTAB proceedings.                 42.108(c) provide that the Board’s
                                                 comments. In the current proposed rule,                    Consistent with that earlier outreach              decision whether to institute an inter
                                                 the Office proposes to use a word count                 initiative, the Office here seeks                     partes review will take into account a
                                                 for major briefing, such as the petition,               comments on the subject of attorney-                  patent owner preliminary response
                                                 patent owner preliminary response,                      client privilege or other limitations on              where such a response is filed, but
                                                 patent owner response, and petitioner’s                 discovery in PTAB proceedings,                        supporting evidence concerning
                                                 reply. A change from page limits to                     including on whether rules regarding                  disputed material facts will be viewed
                                                 word count for major briefing allows the                privilege should be issued in connection              in the light most favorable to the
                                                 parties to structure arguments in                       with PTAB proceedings. Such rules                     petitioner for purposes of deciding
                                                 briefing in any way that the party deems                could, for example, explicitly recognize              whether to institute an inter partes
                                                 best for presenting its case to the Office,             privilege for communications between                  review, and that the petitioner may seek
                                                 including presenting analysis and                       patent applicants or owners and their                 leave to file a reply to the preliminary
                                                 arguments in claim charts. Because the                  domestic patent agents or foreign patent              response. See the proposed text in the
                                                 Office has the discretion under 35                      practitioners, under the same                         amendatory instructions below.
                                                 U.S.C. 314(a) and 324(a) whether to                     circumstances as such privilege is                      The Office proposes to revise 37 CFR
                                                 institute an AIA trial and takes the                    recognized for communications between                 42.207(a) to provide that the patent
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 opportunity at institution to focus the                 applicants or owners and U.S. attorneys.              owner is not prohibited from including
                                                 trial on grounds which meet the                         The Office invites the public to provide              new testimonial evidence with a
                                                 threshold standards in 35 U.S.C. 314(a)                 any comments on language, scope, or                   preliminary response and that the
                                                 and 324(a) and which reasonably may                     other considerations for creating such a              patent owner’s preliminary response to
                                                 be decided within the statutory imposed                 privilege, including possible                         the petition is subject to the word count
                                                 time-frame for the trial, the Office                    amendments to any of 37 CFR 42.51,                    under 37 CFR 42.24. See the proposed
                                                 declines to place a limitation on the                   42.52, 42.55, 42.62, or 42.64 to                      text in the amendatory instructions
                                                 number of grounds that a petitioner may                 accomplish this purpose.                              below.


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50744                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                   The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR                     • adding paragraph (d) concerning                   (‘‘The APA also requires publication of
                                                 42.207 to delete paragraph (c) so that the              word count certification. See the                     any substantive rule at least 30 days
                                                 patent owner is not prohibited from                     proposed text in the amendatory                       before its effective date, 5 U.S.C. 553(d),
                                                 including new testimonial evidence                      instructions below.                                   except where the rule is interpretive
                                                 with a patent owner preliminary                                                                               * * * .’’). The Office, however, is
                                                                                                         Rule 11-Type Certification                            providing a sixty day comment period
                                                 response.
                                                   The Office proposes to revise 37 CFR                     The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR                in order to seek the benefit of the
                                                 42.208(c) provide that the Board’s                      42.11 to add ‘‘signing papers;                        public’s views.
                                                 decision whether to institute a post-                   representations to the Board; sanctions’’
                                                 grant review will take into account a                                                                         B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
                                                                                                         to the title of the section, to designate
                                                 patent owner preliminary response                       existing text as paragraph (a), and to add               For the reasons set forth herein, the
                                                 where such a response is filed, but                     paragraphs (b) through (d) to include a               Deputy General Counsel for General
                                                 supporting evidence concerning                          Rule 11-type certification for all papers             Law of the United States Patent and
                                                 disputed material facts will be viewed                  filed with the Board with a provision for             Trademark Office has certified to the
                                                 in the light most favorable to the                      sanctions for noncompliance. See the                  Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
                                                 petitioner for purposes of deciding                     proposed text in the amendatory                       Business Administration that changes
                                                 whether to institute a post-grant review,               instructions below.                                   proposed in this notice will not have a
                                                 and that the petitioner may seek leave                                                                        significant economic impact on a
                                                 to file a reply to the preliminary                      Rulemaking Considerations                             substantial number of small entities. See
                                                 response. See the proposed text in the                  A. Administrative Procedure Act (APA)                 5 U.S.C. 605(b). The changes proposed
                                                 amendatory instructions below.                                                                                in this document are to revise certain
                                                                                                            This proposed rule would revise the                trial practice procedures before the
                                                 Oral Hearing                                            consolidated set of rules relating to                 Board. Any requirements resulting from
                                                   The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR                   Office trial practice for inter partes                these proposed changes are of minimal
                                                 42.70(b) to require at least seven, not                 review, post-grant review, the                        or no additional burden to those
                                                 just five, days before oral argument for                transitional program for covered                      practicing before the Board.
                                                 exchange of exhibits to provide                         business method patents, and derivation               Specifically, proposed changes
                                                 additional time for the parties to resolve              proceedings. The changes proposed in                  pertaining to representation would not
                                                 disputes concerning demonstrative                       this notice do not change the                         present any additional burden as the
                                                 exhibits.                                               substantive criteria of patentability.                duty of candor and good faith are
                                                                                                         These changes involve rules of agency                 already requirements under existing
                                                 Word Count                                              practice. See, e.g., 35 U.S.C. 316(a)(5), as          Board trial practice (37 CFR 42.11),
                                                    The Office proposes to amend 37 CFR                  amended. These rules are procedural                   USPTO rules of professional conduct,
                                                 42.24 to implement a word count                         and/or interpretive rules. See Bachow                 and, for those who are attorneys,
                                                 limitation for petitions, patent owner                  Commc’ns Inc. v. F.C.C., 237 F.3d 683,                applicable State bars. Second, changes
                                                 preliminary responses, patent owner                     690 (D.C. Cir. 2001) (rules governing an              imposed by converting certain page
                                                 responses, and petitioner’s replies, by:                application process are procedural                    limits to word counts for petitions and
                                                    • Adding ‘‘Type-volume or’’ to the                   under the Administrative Procedure                    motions are not expected to result in
                                                 title;                                                  Act); Inova Alexandria Hosp. v. Shalala,              any material change to filings, other
                                                    • adding ‘‘word counts or’’ before the               244 F.3d 342, 350 (4th Cir. 2001) (rules              than the addition of a certification that
                                                 words ‘‘page limits’’ or ‘‘page limit’’ and             for handling appeals were procedural
                                                 adding ‘‘or word count’’ after ‘‘a                                                                            the filing is compliant. Finally, the
                                                                                                         where they did not change the                         proposed changes pertaining to the
                                                 certificate of service’’ in paragraph                   substantive requirements for reviewing
                                                 (a)(1);                                                                                                       inclusion of supporting evidence in a
                                                                                                         claims); Nat’l Org. of Veterans’                      patent owner preliminary response to
                                                    • substituting ‘‘14,000 words’’ for ‘‘60             Advocates v. Sec’y of Veterans Affairs,
                                                 pages’’ in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and                                                                           petition are not required to be filed, but
                                                                                                         260 F.3d 1365, 1375 (Fed. Cir. 2001)                  merely available to parties should they
                                                 (a)(1)(iv);                                             (rule that clarifies interpretation of a
                                                    • substituting ‘‘18,700 words’’ for ‘‘80                                                                   choose. Moreover, the Office anticipates
                                                                                                         statute is interpretive); JEM Broad. Co.              that the vast majority of those that will
                                                 pages’’ in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) and                    v. F.C.C., 22 F.3d 320, 328 (D.C. Cir.
                                                 (a)(1)(iii);                                                                                                  provide such supporting evidence
                                                                                                         1994) (rules are not legislative because
                                                    • substituting ‘‘word counts’’ for                                                                         during the petition review stage would
                                                                                                         they do not ‘‘foreclose effective                     have provided such information later
                                                 ‘‘page limits’’ and ‘‘word count’’ for
                                                                                                         opportunity to make one’s case on the                 anyway, if and when, a trial were
                                                 ‘‘page limit’’ in paragraph (a)(2) except
                                                                                                         merits’’).                                            instituted. For the foregoing reasons, the
                                                 for the last sentence in which ‘‘word
                                                                                                            Accordingly, prior notice and                      changes proposed in this notice will not
                                                 counts or’’ is added before ‘‘page
                                                                                                         opportunity for public comment are not                have a significant economic impact on
                                                 limits;’’
                                                    • adding ‘‘word counts or’’ before the               required pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b) or               a substantial number of small entities.
                                                 ‘‘page limits’’ in paragraph (b);                       (c) (or any other law), and thirty-day
                                                                                                         advance publication is not required                   C. Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory
                                                    • substituting ‘‘word counts’’ for the
                                                 two instances of ‘‘page limits’’ in                     pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d) (or any other             Planning and Review)
                                                 paragraph (b)(1);                                       law). See Cooper Techs. Co. v. Dudas,                   This rulemaking has been determined
                                                    • substituting ‘‘word counts’’ for the               536 F.3d 1330, 1336–37 (Fed. Cir. 2008)               to be not significant for purposes of
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 two instances of ‘‘page limits’’ in                     (stating that 5 U.S.C. 553, and thus 35               Executive Order 12866 (Sept. 30, 1993).
                                                 paragraph (b)(2);                                       U.S.C. 2(b)(2)(B), do not require notice
                                                                                                                                                               D. Executive Order 13563 (Improving
                                                    • adding ‘‘word counts or’’ before the               and comment rulemaking for
                                                 two instances of ‘‘page limits’’ and                    ‘‘interpretative rules, general statements            Regulation and Regulatory Review)
                                                 adding ‘‘or word count’’ after ‘‘a                      of policy, or rules of agency                           The Office has complied with
                                                 certificate of service’’ in paragraph (c);              organization, procedure, or practice’’)               Executive Order 13563. Specifically, the
                                                    • substituting ‘‘5,600 words’’ for ‘‘25              (quoting 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(A)); U.S. v.                 Office has, to the extent feasible and
                                                 pages’’ in paragraph (c)(1);                            Gould, 568 F.3d 459, 476 (4th Cir. 2009)              applicable: (1) Made a reasoned


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                               50745

                                                 determination that the benefits justify                 children under Executive Order 13045                  rulemaking does not contain provisions
                                                 the costs of the rule; (2) tailored the rule            (Apr. 21, 1997).                                      which involve the use of technical
                                                 to impose the least burden on society                                                                         standards.
                                                                                                         J. Executive Order 12630 (Taking of
                                                 consistent with obtaining the regulatory
                                                                                                         Private Property)                                     O. Paperwork Reduction Act
                                                 objectives; (3) selected a regulatory
                                                 approach that maximizes net benefits;                      This rulemaking will not affect a                     The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
                                                 (4) specified performance objectives; (5)               taking of private property or otherwise               (44 U.S.C. 3501–3549) requires that the
                                                 identified and assessed available                       have taking implications under                        Office consider the impact of paperwork
                                                 alternatives; (6) involved the public in                Executive Order 12630 (Mar. 15, 1988).                and other information collection
                                                 an open exchange of information and                                                                           burdens imposed on the public. This
                                                                                                         K. Congressional Review Act
                                                 perspectives among experts in relevant                                                                        final rule involves information
                                                 disciplines, affected stakeholders in the                  Under the Congressional Review Act                 collection requirements which are
                                                 private sector and the public as a whole,               provisions of the Small Business                      subject to review by the Office of
                                                 and provided on-line access to the                      Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of                Management and Budget (OMB) under
                                                 rulemaking docket; (7) attempted to                     1996 (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), prior to                 the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
                                                 promote coordination, simplification,                   issuing any final rule, the United States             (44 U.S.C. 3501–3549). This rulemaking
                                                 and harmonization across government                     Patent and Trademark Office will                      does not add any additional information
                                                 agencies and identified goals designed                  submit a report containing the rule and               requirements or fees for parties before
                                                 to promote innovation; (8) considered                   other required information to the United              the Board. Therefore, the Office is not
                                                 approaches that reduce burdens and                      States Senate, the United States House                resubmitting information collection
                                                 maintain flexibility and freedom of                     of Representatives, and the Comptroller               packages to OMB for its review and
                                                 choice for the public; and (9) ensured                  General of the Government                             approval because the revisions in this
                                                 the objectivity of scientific and                       Accountability Office. The changes in                 rulemaking do not materially change the
                                                 technological information and                           this final rule are not expected to result            information collections approved under
                                                 processes.                                              in an annual effect on the economy of                 OMB control number 0651–0069.
                                                                                                         100 million dollars or more, a major                     Notwithstanding any other provision
                                                 E. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)                   increase in costs or prices, or significant           of law, no person is required to respond
                                                   This rulemaking does not contain                      adverse effects on competition,                       to, nor shall any person be subject to, a
                                                 policies with federalism implications                   employment, investment, productivity,                 penalty for failure to comply with a
                                                 sufficient to warrant preparation of a                  innovation, or the ability of United                  collection of information subject to the
                                                 Federalism Assessment under Executive                   States-based enterprises to compete                   requirements of the Paperwork
                                                 Order 13132 (Aug. 4, 1999).                             with foreign-based enterprises in                     Reduction Act unless that collection of
                                                                                                         domestic and export markets. Therefore,               information displays a currently valid
                                                 F. Executive Order 13175 (Tribal                        this final rule is not a ‘‘major rule’’ as            OMB control number.
                                                 Consultation)                                           defined in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
                                                                                                                                                               List of Subjects in 37 CFR Part 42
                                                   This rulemaking will not: (1) Have                    L. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of                      Administrative practice and
                                                 substantial direct effects on one or more               1995                                                  procedure, Inventions and patents.
                                                 Indian tribes; (2) impose substantial                      The changes set forth in this
                                                 direct compliance costs on Indian tribal                                                                        For the reasons set forth in the
                                                                                                         rulemaking do not involve a Federal                   preamble, the Office proposes to amend
                                                 governments; or (3) preempt tribal law.                 intergovernmental mandate that will
                                                 Therefore, a tribal summary impact                                                                            37 CFR part 42 as follows:
                                                                                                         result in the expenditure by State, local,
                                                 statement is not required under                         and tribal governments, in the aggregate,             PART 42—TRIAL PRACTICE BEFORE
                                                 Executive Order 13175 (Nov. 6, 2000).                   of 100 million dollars (as adjusted) or               THE PATENT TRIAL AND APPEAL
                                                 G. Executive Order 13211 (Energy                        more in any one year, or a Federal                    BOARD
                                                 Effects)                                                private sector mandate that will result
                                                                                                         in the expenditure by the private sector              ■ 1. The authority citation for 37 CFR
                                                    This rulemaking is not a significant                 of 100 million dollars (as adjusted) or               part 42 continues to read as follows:
                                                 energy action under Executive Order                     more in any one year, and will not                      Authority: 35 U.S.C. 2(b)(2), 6, 21, 23, 41,
                                                 13211 because this rulemaking is not                    significantly or uniquely affect small                135, 311, 312, 316, 321–326 and Public Law
                                                 likely to have a significant adverse effect             governments. Therefore, no actions are                112–29.
                                                 on the supply, distribution, or use of                  necessary under the provisions of the
                                                 energy. Therefore, a Statement of Energy                Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of                       Subpart A—Trial Practice and
                                                 Effects is not required under Executive                 1995. See 2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.                       Procedure
                                                 Order 13211 (May 18, 2001).
                                                                                                         M. National Environmental Policy Act                  ■ 2. Section 42.11 is revised to read as
                                                 H. Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice                                                                       follows:
                                                 Reform)                                                    This rulemaking will not have any
                                                                                                         effect on the quality of the environment              § 42.11 Duty of candor; signing papers;
                                                    This rulemaking meets applicable                     and is thus categorically excluded from               representations to the Board; sanctions.
                                                 standards to minimize litigation,                       review under the National                               (a) Duty of candor. Parties and
                                                 eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden                  Environmental Policy Act of 1969. See                 individuals involved in the proceeding
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 as set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2)               42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.                                have a duty of candor and good faith to
                                                 of Executive Order 12988 (Feb. 5, 1996).                                                                      the Office during the course of a
                                                                                                         N. National Technology Transfer and                   proceeding.
                                                 I. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of                 Advancement Act                                         (b) Signature. Every petition,
                                                 Children)
                                                                                                           The requirements of section 12(d) of                response, written motion, and other
                                                   This rulemaking does not concern an                   the National Technology Transfer and                  paper filed in a proceeding must be
                                                 environmental risk to health or safety                  Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C.                    signed by at least lead counsel or
                                                 that may disproportionately affect                      272 note) are not applicable because this             designated backup counsel under


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2


                                                 50746                 Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules

                                                 § 42.10 in the attorney’s or registered                 party to show cause why conduct                       are the same as the word counts for the
                                                 practitioner’s name—or by a party                       specifically described in the order has               petition.
                                                 personally if the party is unrepresented.               not violated paragraph (c) of this                      (2) The word counts for a patent
                                                 The Board may expunge any unsigned                      section.                                              owner response to petition are the same
                                                 submission unless the omission is                         (4) Nature of a sanction. A sanction                as the word counts for the petition.
                                                 promptly corrected after being called to                imposed under this rule must be limited                 (3) The page limits for oppositions are
                                                 the counsel’s or party’s attention.                     to what suffices to deter repetition of the           the same as those for corresponding
                                                    (c) Representations to the Board. By                 conduct or comparable conduct by                      motions.
                                                 presenting to the Board a petition,                     others similarly situated and should be                 (c) Replies. The following word
                                                 response, written motion, or other                      consistent with § 42.12.                              counts or page limits for replies apply
                                                 paper—whether by signing, filing,                         (5) Requirements for an order. An                   and include any statement of facts in
                                                 submitting, or later advocating it—an                   order imposing a sanction must describe               support of the reply. The word counts
                                                 attorney, registered practitioner, or                   the sanctioned conduct and explain the                or page limits do not include a table of
                                                 unrepresented party certifies that to the               basis for the sanction.                               contents, a table of authorities, a listing
                                                 best of the person’s knowledge,                           (e) Inapplicability to discovery. This              of facts which are admitted, denied, or
                                                 information, and belief, formed after an                rule does not apply to disclosures and                cannot be admitted or denied, a
                                                 inquiry reasonable under the                            discovery requests, responses, and                    certificate of service or word count, or
                                                 circumstances:                                          objections.                                           appendix of exhibits.
                                                    (1) It is not being presented for any                ■ 3. Section 42.24 is revised to read as                (1) Replies to patent owner responses
                                                 improper purpose, such as to harass,                    follows:                                              to petitions: 5,600 words.
                                                 cause unnecessary delay, or needlessly                                                                          (2) Replies to oppositions (excluding
                                                 increase the cost of the proceeding;                    § 42.24 Type-Volume and page-limits for               replies to oppositions to motions to
                                                    (2) The claims, defenses, and other                  petitions, motions, oppositions, and replies.         amend): 5 pages.
                                                 legal contentions are warranted by                        (a) Petitions and motions. (1) The                    (3) Replies to oppositions to motions
                                                 existing law or by a non-frivolous                      following word counts or page limits for              to amend: 12 pages.
                                                 argument for extending, modifying, or                   petitions and motions apply and                         (d) Certification. Any petition,
                                                 reversing existing law or for establishing              include any statement of material facts               preliminary response, patent owner
                                                 new law;                                                to be admitted or denied in support of                response, or reply whose length is
                                                    (3) The factual contentions have                     the petition or motion. The word count                specified by type-volume limits must
                                                 evidentiary support; and                                or page limit does not include a table of             include a certification stating the
                                                    (4) The denials of factual contentions               contents, a table of authorities, a                   number of words in the petition,
                                                 are warranted on the evidence.                          certificate of service or word count,                 motion, opposition, or reply. A party
                                                    (d) Sanctions—(1) In general. If, after              exhibits, appendix, or claim listing.                 may rely on the word count of the word-
                                                 notice and a reasonable opportunity to                    (i) Petition requesting inter partes                processing system used to prepare the
                                                 respond, the Board determines that                      review: 14,000 words.                                 petition, preliminary response, patent
                                                 paragraph (c) of this section has been                    (ii) Petition requesting post-grant                 owner response, or reply.
                                                 violated, the Board may impose an                       review: 18,700 words.                                 ■ 4. Section 42.70 is amended by
                                                 appropriate sanction on any attorney,                     (iii) Petition requesting covered                   revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
                                                 registered practitioner, law firm, patent               business method patent review: 18,700
                                                 agent, or party that violated the rule or               words.                                                § 42.70    Oral argument.
                                                 is responsible for the violation. Absent                  (iv) Petition requesting derivation                 *     *     *     *    *
                                                 exceptional circumstances, a law firm                   proceeding: 14,000 words.                               (b) Demonstrative exhibits must be
                                                 must be held jointly responsible for a                    (v) Motions (excluding motions to                   served at least seven business days
                                                 violation committed by its partner,                     amend): 15 pages.                                     before oral argument and filed no later
                                                 associate, or employee.                                   (vi) Motions to Amend: 25 pages.                    than the time of the oral argument.
                                                    (2) Motion for sanctions. A motion for                 (2) Petitions to institute a trial must
                                                 sanctions must be made separately from                  comply with the stated word counts but                Subpart B—Inter Partes Review
                                                 any other motion and must describe the                  may be accompanied by a motion to                     ■ 5. Section 42.100 is amended by
                                                 specific conduct that allegedly violates                waive the word counts. The petitioner                 revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
                                                 paragraph (c) of this section. The motion               must show in the motion how a waiver
                                                 must be authorized by the Board under                   of the word counts is in the interests of             § 42.100    Procedure; pendency.
                                                 § 42.20. Prior to seeking authorization to              justice and must append a copy of                     *      *     *    *     *
                                                 file a motion for sanctions, the moving                 proposed petition exceeding the word                     (b) A claim in an unexpired patent
                                                 party must provide written notice to the                count to the motion. If the motion is not             that will not expire before a final
                                                 other party of the basis for the proposed               granted, the proposed petition                        written decision is issued shall be given
                                                 motion. A motion for sanctions must not                 exceeding the word count may be                       its broadest reasonable construction in
                                                 be filed or be presented to the Board if                expunged or returned. Any other motion                light of the specification of the patent in
                                                 the challenged paper, claim, defense,                   to waive word counts or page limits                   which it appears.
                                                 contention, or denial is withdrawn or                   must be granted in advance of filing a                *      *     *    *     *
                                                 appropriately corrected within 21 days                  motion, opposition, or reply for which                ■ 6. Section 42.107 is amended by
                                                 after service of such notice or within                  the waiver is necessary.                              revising paragraph (a) and removing and
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                                 another time the Board sets. If                           (b) Patent owner responses and                      reserving paragraph (c) to read as
                                                 warranted, the Board may award to the                   oppositions. The word counts or page                  follows:
                                                 prevailing party the reasonable                         limits set forth in this paragraph do not
                                                 expenses, including attorney’s fees,                    include a listing of facts which are                  § 42.107    Preliminary response to petition.
                                                 incurred for the motion.                                admitted, denied, or cannot be admitted                 (a) The patent owner may file a
                                                    (3) On the Board’s initiative. On its                or denied.                                            preliminary response to the petition.
                                                 own, the Board may order an attorney,                     (1) The word counts for a patent                    The response may set forth the reasons
                                                 registered practitioner, law firm, or                   owner preliminary response to petition                why no inter partes review should be


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM    20AUP2


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 161 / Thursday, August 20, 2015 / Proposed Rules                                                50747

                                                 instituted under 35 U.S.C. 314 and can                  § 42.200    Procedure; pendency.                      unpatentable. The Board’s decision will
                                                 include supporting evidence. The                        *      *     *    *     *                             take into account a patent owner
                                                 preliminary response is subject to the                     (b) A claim in an unexpired patent                 preliminary response where such a
                                                 word count under § 42.24.                               that will not expire before a final                   response is filed, but supporting
                                                 *     *     *    *      *                               written decision is issued shall be given             evidence concerning disputed material
                                                   (c) [Reserved]                                        its broadest reasonable construction in               facts will be viewed in the light most
                                                 *     *     *    *      *                               light of the specification of the patent in           favorable to the petitioner for purposes
                                                                                                         which it appears.                                     of deciding whether to institute a post-
                                                 ■ 7. Section 42.108 is amended by
                                                                                                         *      *     *    *     *                             grant review. If the patent owner
                                                 revising paragraph (c) to read as follows:
                                                                                                         ■ 9. Section 42.207 is amended by                     submits supporting evidence with its
                                                 § 42.108   Institution of inter partes review.          revising paragraph (a) and removing and               preliminary response, the petitioner
                                                 *      *     *     *    *                               reserving paragraph (c) to read as                    may seek leave to file a reply to the
                                                    (c) Sufficient grounds. Inter partes                 follows:                                              preliminary response in accordance
                                                 review shall not be instituted for a                                                                          with § 42.24(c).
                                                                                                         § 42.207    Preliminary response to petition.
                                                 ground of unpatentability unless the                                                                          *     *     *     *     *
                                                                                                           (a) The patent owner may file a
                                                 Board decides that the petition
                                                                                                         preliminary response to the petition.                 Subpart D—Transitional Program for
                                                 supporting the ground would
                                                                                                         The response may set forth the reasons                Covered Business Method Patents
                                                 demonstrate that there is a reasonable
                                                                                                         why no post-grant review should be
                                                 likelihood that at least one of the claims
                                                                                                         instituted under 35 U.S.C. 324 and can                ■ 11. Section 42.300 is amended by
                                                 challenged in the petition is
                                                                                                         include supporting evidence. The                      revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
                                                 unpatentable. The Board’s decision will
                                                                                                         preliminary response is subject to the
                                                 take into account a patent owner                                                                              § 42.300   Procedure; pendency.
                                                                                                         word count under § 42.24.
                                                 preliminary response where such a                                                                             *      *     *    *     *
                                                 response is filed, but supporting                       *     *     *    *     *
                                                 evidence concerning disputed material                     (c) [Reserved]                                         (b) A claim in an unexpired patent
                                                 facts will be viewed in the light most                  *     *     *    *     *                              that will not expire before a final
                                                 favorable to the petitioner for purposes                ■ 10. Section 42.208 is amended by                    written decision is issued shall be given
                                                 of deciding whether to institute an inter               revising paragraph (c) to read as follows:            its broadest reasonable construction in
                                                 partes review. If the patent owner                                                                            light of the specification of the patent in
                                                                                                         § 42.208    Institution of post-grant review.
                                                 submits supporting evidence with its                                                                          which it appears.
                                                                                                         *      *     *     *    *                             *      *     *    *     *
                                                 preliminary response, the petitioner                       (c) Sufficient grounds. Post-grant
                                                 may seek leave to file a reply to the                   review shall not be instituted for a                    Dated: August 12, 2015.
                                                 preliminary response in accordance                      ground of unpatentability unless the                  Michelle K. Lee,
                                                 with § 42.24(c).                                        Board decides that the petition                       Under Secretary of Commerce for Intellectual
                                                                                                         supporting the ground would, if                       Property and Director of the United States
                                                 Subpart C—Post-Grant Review                                                                                   Patent and Trademark Office.
                                                                                                         unrebutted, demonstrate that it is more
                                                 ■ 8. Section 42.200 is amended by                       likely than not that at least one of the              [FR Doc. 2015–20227 Filed 8–19–15; 8:45 am]
                                                 revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:              claims challenged in the petition is                  BILLING CODE 3510–16–P
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:32 Aug 19, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\20AUP2.SGM   20AUP2



Document Created: 2015-12-15 11:08:14
Document Modified: 2015-12-15 11:08:14
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionProposed Rules
ActionProposed rule.
ContactSusan L. C. Mitchell, Lead Administrative Patent Judge by telephone at (571) 272-9797.
FR Citation80 FR 50719 
RIN Number0651-AD01
CFR AssociatedAdministrative Practice and Procedure and Inventions and Patents

2024 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR